Then the Israelites traveled on and camped in the plains of Moab near the Jordan, across from Jericho.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     Then the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         Then the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּסְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּסְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yis·‘ū
                
                
                     traveled on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yis·‘ū
         traveled on 
    
 
        
            וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּחֲנוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·ḥă·nū
                
                
                     and camped 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2583 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decline, incline, encamp, bend down, lay siege against <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to decline <BR> 1a2) to encamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·ḥă·nū
         and camped 
    
 
        
            בְּעַֽרְב֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעַֽרְב֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ar·ḇō·wṯ
                
                
                     in the plains 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) desert plain, steppe, desert, wilderness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ar·ḇō·wṯ
         in the plains 
    
 
        
            מוֹאָ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     of Moab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         of Moab 
    
 
        
            לְיַרְדֵּ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְיַרְדֵּ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·yar·dên
                
                
                     near the Jordan , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3383 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jordan = |descender|<BR> 1) the river of Palestine running from the roots of Anti-Lebanon to the Dead Sea a distance of approx 200 miles (320 km) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·yar·dên
         near the Jordan , 
    
 
        
            מֵעֵ֖בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעֵ֖בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     across from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ê·ḇer
         across from 
    
 
        
            יְרֵחֽוֹ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרֵחֽוֹ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rê·ḥōw
                
                
                     Jericho . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3405 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jericho = |its moon|<BR> 1) a city 5 miles (8 km) west of the Jordan and 7 miles (11.5 km) north of the Dead Sea and the first city conquered by the Israelites upon entering the promised land of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rê·ḥōw
         Jericho . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Now Balak son of Zippor saw all that Israel had done to the Amorites,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בָּלָ֖ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֖ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     Now Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         Now Balak 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            צִפּ֑וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִפּ֑וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣip·pō·wr
                
                
                     of Zippor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zippor = |sparrow|<BR> 1) father of Balak the king of Moab at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣip·pō·wr
         of Zippor 
    
 
        
            אֵ֛ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֛ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         saw 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         that 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel 
    
 
        
            עָשָׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשָׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śāh
                
                
                     had done 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śāh
         had done 
    
 
        
            לָֽאֱמֹרִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽאֱמֹרִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·’ĕ·mō·rî
                
                
                     to the Amorites , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        567 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Amorite = |a sayer|<BR> 1) one of the peoples of east Canaan and beyond the Jordan, dispossessed by the Israelite incursion from Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·’ĕ·mō·rî
         to the Amorites , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and Moab was terrified of the people because they were numerous. Indeed, Moab dreaded the Israelites.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מוֹאָ֜ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָ֜ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     and Moab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         and Moab 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֨גָר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֨גָר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḡār
                
                
                     was terrified 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1481 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sojourn, abide, dwell in, dwell with, remain, inhabit, be a stranger, be continuing, surely <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sojourn, dwell for a time <BR> 1a2) to abide, stay, temporarily dwell <BR> 1b) (Hithpolel) <BR> 1b1) to seek hospitality with <BR> 1b2) to assemble oneself <BR> 2) to stir up trouble, strife, quarrel, gather together <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to stir up strife <BR> 2a2) to quarrel <BR> 2b) (Hithpolel) to excite oneself <BR> 3) to dread, fear, stand in awe, be afraid <BR> 3a) (Qal) <BR> 3a1) to fear, be afraid <BR> 3a2) to be in awe, stand in awe 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḡār
         was terrified 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê
         of 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     the people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         the people 
    
 
        
            מְאֹ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         because 
    
 
        
            ה֑וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ה֑וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         they 
    
 
        
            רַב־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַב־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḇ-
                
                
                     were numerous . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) much, many, great <BR> 1a) much <BR> 1b) many <BR> 1c) abounding in <BR> 1d) more numerous than <BR> 1e) abundant, enough <BR> 1f) great <BR> 1g) strong <BR> 1h) greater than <BR> adv <BR> 1i) much, exceedingly <BR> n m <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḇ-
         were numerous . 
    
 
        
            מוֹאָ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     Indeed, Moab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         Indeed, Moab 
    
 
        
            מִפְּנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפְּנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pə·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pə·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֣קָץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֣קָץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·qāṣ
                
                
                     dreaded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be grieved, loathe, abhor, feel a loathing or abhorrence or sickening dread <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to feel a loathing at, abhor <BR> 1a2) to feel a sickening dread <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause sickening dread <BR> 1b2) to cause loathing 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·qāṣ
         dreaded 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So the Moabites said to the elders of Midian, “This horde will devour everything around us, as an ox licks up the grass of the field.” Since Balak son of Zippor was king of Moab at that time,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מוֹאָ֜ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָ֜ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     So the Moabites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         So the Moabites 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            זִקְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִקְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ziq·nê
                
                
                     the elders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) old <BR> 1a) old (of humans) <BR> 1b) elder (of those having authority) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ziq·nê
         the elders 
    
 
        
            מִדְיָ֗ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִדְיָ֗ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḏ·yān
                
                
                     of Midian , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4080 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Midian or Midianite = |strife| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Abraham by Keturah and progenitor of the tribe of Midianites or Arabians <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Midian <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the territory of the tribe descended from Midian; located principally in the desert north of the Arabian peninsula; land to which Moses went when he fled from Pharaoh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḏ·yān
         of Midian , 
    
 
        
            עַתָּ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַתָּ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘at·tāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘at·tāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַקָּהָל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקָּהָל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qā·hāl
                
                
                     “ This horde 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6951 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) assembly, company, congregation, convocation <BR> 1a) assembly <BR> 1a1) for evil counsel, war or invasion, religious purposes <BR> 1b) company (of returning exiles) <BR> 1c) congregation <BR> 1c1) as organised body 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qā·hāl
         “ This horde 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            יְלַחֲכ֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְלַחֲכ֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·la·ḥă·ḵū
                
                
                     will devour 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3897 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lick, lick up <BR> 1a) (Qal) to lick up <BR> 1b) (Piel) to lick up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·la·ḥă·ḵū
         will devour 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     everything 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         everything 
    
 
        
            סְבִ֣יבֹתֵ֔ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סְבִ֣יבֹתֵ֔ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sə·ḇî·ḇō·ṯê·nū
                
                
                     around us , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sə·ḇî·ḇō·ṯê·nū
         around us , 
    
 
        
            הַשּׁ֔וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשּׁ֔וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šō·wr
                
                
                     as an ox 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7794 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ox, bull, a head of cattle <BR> 1a) for plowing, for food, as sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šō·wr
         as an ox 
    
 
        
            אֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            כִּלְחֹ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּלְחֹ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kil·ḥōḵ
                
                
                     licks up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3897 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lick, lick up <BR> 1a) (Qal) to lick up <BR> 1b) (Piel) to lick up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kil·ḥōḵ
         licks up 
    
 
        
            יֶ֣רֶק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֶ֣רֶק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ye·req
                
                
                     the grass 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3418 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) green, greenness, green plants, greenery 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ye·req
         the grass 
    
 
        
            הַשָּׂדֶ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשָּׂדֶ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haś·śā·ḏeh
                
                
                     of the field . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field, land <BR> 1a) cultivated field<BR> 1b) of home of wild beasts <BR> 1c) plain (opposed to mountain) <BR> 1d) land (opposed to sea) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haś·śā·ḏeh
         of the field . ” 
    
 
        
            וּבָלָ֧ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבָלָ֧ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇā·lāq
                
                
                     Since Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇā·lāq
         Since Balak 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            צִפּ֛וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִפּ֛וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣip·pō·wr
                
                
                     of Zippor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zippor = |sparrow|<BR> 1) father of Balak the king of Moab at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣip·pō·wr
         of Zippor 
    
 
        
            מֶ֥לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֥לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     was king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         was king 
    
 
        
            לְמוֹאָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמוֹאָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     of Moab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mō·w·’āḇ
         of Moab 
    
 
        
            הַהִֽוא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַהִֽוא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hi·w
                
                
                     at that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hi·w
         at that 
    
 
        
            בָּעֵ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּעֵ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·‘êṯ
                
                
                     time , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6256 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) time <BR> 1a) time (of an event) <BR> 1b) time (usual) <BR> 1c) experiences, fortunes <BR> 1d) occurrence, occasion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·‘êṯ
         time , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            he sent messengers to summon Balaam son of Beor at Pethor, which is by the Euphrates in the land of his people. “Behold, a people has come out of Egypt,” said Balak. “They cover the face of the land and have settled next to me.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiš·laḥ
                
                
                     he sent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiš·laḥ
         he sent 
    
 
        
            מַלְאָכִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאָכִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’ā·ḵîm
                
                
                     messengers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’ā·ḵîm
         messengers 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            בְּע֗וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּע֗וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ō·wr
                
                
                     of Beor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1160 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Beor = |burning|<BR> 1) father of Balaam <BR> 2) father of Bela, king of Edom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ō·wr
         of Beor 
    
 
        
            פְּ֠תוֹרָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּ֠תוֹרָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·ṯō·w·rāh
                
                
                     at Pethor , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6604 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pethor = |soothsayer|<BR> 1) a town of Mesopotamia and the home of Balaam; located on a river; site unknown 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·ṯō·w·rāh
         at Pethor , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֧ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֧ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         which 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     is by 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         is by 
    
 
        
            הַנָּהָ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנָּהָ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nā·hār
                
                
                     the Euphrates 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5104 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stream, river <BR> 1a) stream, river <BR> 1b) (underground) streams 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nā·hār
         the Euphrates 
    
 
        
            אֶ֥רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶ֥רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·reṣ
                
                
                     in the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·reṣ
         in the land 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê-
                
                
                     of his people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê-
         of his people 
    
 
        
            עַמּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mōw
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mōw
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            הִ֠נֵּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִ֠נֵּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     “ Behold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         “ Behold , 
    
 
        
            עַ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am
                
                
                     a people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am
         a people 
    
 
        
            יָצָ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָצָ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ṣā
                
                
                     has come out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ṣā
         has come out 
    
 
        
            מִמִּצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּצְרַ֙יִם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt , ” 
    
 
        
            לִקְרֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִקְרֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liq·rō-
                
                
                     said Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liq·rō-
         said Balak 
    
 
        
            ל֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         . 
    
 
        
            לֵאמֹ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵאמֹ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         - 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     “ - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         “ - 
    
 
        
            כִסָּה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִסָּה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵis·sāh
                
                
                     They cover 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, conceal, hide <BR> 1a) (Qal) conceal, covered (participle)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be covered <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cover, clothe <BR> 1c2) to cover, conceal <BR> 1c3) to cover (for protection) <BR> 1c4) to cover over, spread over <BR> 1c5) to cover, overwhelm <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be covered <BR> 1d2) to be clothed <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to cover oneself, clothe oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵis·sāh
         They cover 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עֵ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ên
                
                
                     the face 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ên
         the face 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֔רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֔רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the land 
    
 
        
            וְה֥וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְה֥וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יֹשֵׁ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹשֵׁ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·šêḇ
                
                
                     and have settled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·šêḇ
         and have settled 
    
 
        
            מִמֻּלִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֻּלִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·mu·lî
                
                
                     next to me . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4136 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) front <BR> 1a) front <BR> 1b) in the opposite direction <BR> prep <BR> 2) in front of <BR> 2a) in front of <BR> 2b) (with prefix) <BR> 2b1) towards the front of, to the front of, on the front of <BR> 2b2) from the front of, off the front of, close in front of, on the forefront of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·mu·lî
         next to me . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So please come now and put a curse on this people, because they are too mighty for me. Perhaps I may be able to defeat them and drive them out of the land; for I know that those you bless are blessed, and those you curse are cursed.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            נָּ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָּ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā
                
                
                     So please 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (we) pray, now, please <BR> 1a) used in entreaty or exhortation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā
         So please 
    
 
        
            לְכָה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāh-
                
                
                     come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāh-
         come 
    
 
        
            וְעַתָּה֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַתָּה֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘at·tāh
                
                
                     now 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘at·tāh
         now 
    
 
        
            אָֽרָה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָֽרָה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·rāh-
                
                
                     and put a curse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to curse <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to curse <BR> 1a2) cursed be he (participle used as in curses) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be cursed, cursed <BR> 1c)(Piel) to curse, lay under a curse, put a curse on <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made a curse, be cursed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·rāh-
         and put a curse 
    
 
        
            לִּ֜י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִּ֜י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     on this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         on this 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     people , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         people , 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         because 
    
 
        
            הוּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         they 
    
 
        
            עָצ֥וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָצ֥וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ṣūm
                
                
                     are too mighty 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6099 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mighty, vast, numerous <BR> 1a) mighty, strong (in number) <BR> 1b) numerous, countless 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ṣūm
         are too mighty 
    
 
        
            מִמֶּ֔נִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּ֔נִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nî
                
                
                     for me . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nî
         for me . 
    
 
        
            אוּלַ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוּלַ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ū·lay
                
                
                     Perhaps I may 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        194 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perhaps, peradventure <BR> 2) if peradventure <BR> 3) unless <BR> 4) suppose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ū·lay
         Perhaps I may 
    
 
        
            אוּכַל֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוּכַל֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ū·ḵal
                
                
                     be able 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ū·ḵal
         be able 
    
 
        
            נַכֶּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַכֶּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nak·keh-
                
                
                     to defeat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nak·keh-
         to defeat 
    
 
        
            בּ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בּ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bōw
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bōw
         them 
    
 
        
            וַאֲגָרְשֶׁ֖נּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲגָרְשֶׁ֖נּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·ḡā·rə·šen·nū
                
                
                     and drive them out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive imperfect - first person common singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1644 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drive out, expel, cast out, drive away, divorce, put away, thrust away, trouble, cast up <BR> 1a) (Qal) to thrust out, cast out <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be driven away, be tossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to drive out, drive away <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be thrust out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·ḡā·rə·šen·nū
         and drive them out 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     of 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         of 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     the land ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         the land ; 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         for 
    
 
        
            יָדַ֗עְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדַ֗עְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏa‘·tî
                
                
                     I know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏa‘·tî
         I know 
    
 
        
            אֵ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     that those 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         that those 
    
 
        
            תְּבָרֵךְ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּבָרֵךְ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḇā·rêḵ
                
                
                     you bless 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1288 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kneel <BR> 1a2) to bless <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be blessed, bless oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bless <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be blessed, be adored <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to cause to kneel <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to bless oneself <BR> 2) (TWOT) to praise, salute, curse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḇā·rêḵ
         you bless 
    
 
        
            מְבֹרָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְבֹרָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·ḇō·rāḵ
                
                
                     are blessed , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Pual - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1288 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kneel <BR> 1a2) to bless <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be blessed, bless oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bless <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be blessed, be adored <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to cause to kneel <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to bless oneself <BR> 2) (TWOT) to praise, salute, curse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·ḇō·rāḵ
         are blessed , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·šer
                
                
                     and those 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·šer
         and those 
    
 
        
            תָּאֹ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּאֹ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·’ōr
                
                
                     you curse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to curse <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to curse <BR> 1a2) cursed be he (participle used as in curses) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be cursed, cursed <BR> 1c)(Piel) to curse, lay under a curse, put a curse on <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made a curse, be cursed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·’ōr
         you curse 
    
 
        
            יוּאָֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוּאָֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yū·’ār
                
                
                     are cursed . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to curse <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to curse <BR> 1a2) cursed be he (participle used as in curses) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be cursed, cursed <BR> 1c)(Piel) to curse, lay under a curse, put a curse on <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made a curse, be cursed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yū·’ār
         are cursed . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The elders of Moab and Midian departed with the fees for divination in hand. They came to Balaam and relayed to him the words of Balak.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            זִקְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִקְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ziq·nê
                
                
                     The elders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) old <BR> 1a) old (of humans) <BR> 1b) elder (of those having authority) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ziq·nê
         The elders 
    
 
        
            מוֹאָב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     of Moab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         of Moab 
    
 
        
            וְזִקְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזִקְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ziq·nê
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adjective - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) old <BR> 1a) old (of humans) <BR> 1b) elder (of those having authority) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ziq·nê
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִדְיָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִדְיָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miḏ·yān
                
                
                     and Midian 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4080 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Midian or Midianite = |strife| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) son of Abraham by Keturah and progenitor of the tribe of Midianites or Arabians <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Midian <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the territory of the tribe descended from Midian; located principally in the desert north of the Arabian peninsula; land to which Moses went when he fled from Pharaoh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miḏ·yān
         and Midian 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·lə·ḵū
                
                
                     departed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·lə·ḵū
         departed 
    
 
        
            וּקְסָמִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּקְסָמִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·qə·sā·mîm
                
                
                     with the fees for divination 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) divination, witchcraft <BR> 1a) of the nations, Balaam <BR> 1b) of false prophets <BR> 1c) in a good sense (king's lips as oracles) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·qə·sā·mîm
         with the fees for divination 
    
 
        
            בְּיָדָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָדָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏām
                
                
                     in hand . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏām
         in hand . 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֙אוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֙אוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     They came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō·’ū
         They came 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיְדַבְּר֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְדַבְּר֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḏab·bə·rū
                
                
                     and relayed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḏab·bə·rū
         and relayed 
    
 
        
            אֵלָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāw
                
                
                     to him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāw
         to him 
    
 
        
            דִּבְרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבְרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    diḇ·rê
                
                
                     the words 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        diḇ·rê
         the words 
    
 
        
            בָלָֽק׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָלָֽק׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·lāq
                
                
                     of Balak . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·lāq
         of Balak . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Spend the night here,” Balaam replied, “and I will give you the answer that the LORD speaks to me.” So the princes of Moab stayed with Balaam.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לִ֤ינוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֤ינוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî·nū
                
                
                     “ Spend 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lodge, stop over, pass the night, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lodge, pass the night <BR> 1a2) to abide, remain (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to cause to rest or lodge <BR> 1c) (Hithpalpel) to dwell, abide <BR> 2) to grumble, complain, murmur <BR> 2a) (Niphal) to grumble <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) to complain, cause to grumble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî·nū
         “ Spend 
    
 
        
            הַלַּ֔יְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלַּ֔יְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lay·lāh
                
                
                     the night 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lay·lāh
         the night 
    
 
        
            פֹה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֹה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    p̄ōh
                
                
                     here , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6311 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) here, from here, hither <BR> 1a) here <BR> 1b) hither 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        p̄ōh
         here , ” 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     [Balaam] replied 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         [Balaam] replied 
    
 
        
            אֲלֵיהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲלֵיהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·lê·hem
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וַהֲשִׁבֹתִ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲשִׁבֹתִ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·ši·ḇō·ṯî
                
                
                     “ and I will give 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·ši·ḇō·ṯî
         “ and I will give 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·ḵem
         - 
    
 
        
            דָּבָ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָּבָ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dā·ḇār
                
                
                     you the answer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dā·ḇār
         you the answer 
    
 
        
            כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ka·’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ka·’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            יְדַבֵּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְדַבֵּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     speaks 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·ḏab·bêr
         speaks 
    
 
        
            אֵלָ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāy
                
                
                     to me . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāy
         to me . ” 
    
 
        
            שָׂרֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂרֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·rê-
                
                
                     So the princes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prince, ruler, leader, chief, chieftain, official, captain <BR> 1a) chieftain, leader <BR> 1b) vassal, noble, official (under king) <BR> 1c) captain, general, commander (military) <BR> 1d) chief, head, overseer (of other official classes) <BR> 1e) heads, princes (of religious office) <BR> 1f) elders (of representative leaders of people) <BR> 1g) merchant-princes (of rank and dignity) <BR> 1h) patron-angel <BR> 1i) Ruler of rulers (of God) <BR> 1j) warden 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·rê-
         So the princes 
    
 
        
            מוֹאָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     of Moab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         of Moab 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּשְׁב֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·šə·ḇū
                
                
                     stayed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·šə·ḇū
         stayed 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then God came to Balaam and asked, “Who are these men with you?”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     Then God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         Then God 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō
         came 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֕אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֕אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     and asked , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         and asked , 
    
 
        
            מִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mî
                
                
                     “ Who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) who?, whose?, whom?, would that, whoever, whosoever 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mî
         “ Who 
    
 
        
            הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵ֖לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     are these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         are these 
    
 
        
            הָאֲנָשִׁ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲנָשִׁ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·nā·šîm
                
                
                     men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·nā·šîm
         men 
    
 
        
            עִמָּֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·māḵ
                
                
                     with you ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·māḵ
         with you ? ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And Balaam said to God, “Balak son of Zippor, king of Moab, sent me this message:
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בִּלְעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     And Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         And Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֥אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֥אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God , 
    
 
        
            בָּלָ֧ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֧ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     “ Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         “ Balak 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            צִפֹּ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִפֹּ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣip·pōr
                
                
                     of Zippor , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zippor = |sparrow|<BR> 1) father of Balak the king of Moab at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣip·pōr
         of Zippor , 
    
 
        
            מֶ֥לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶ֥לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    me·leḵ
                
                
                     king 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) king 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        me·leḵ
         king 
    
 
        
            מוֹאָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     of Moab , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         of Moab , 
    
 
        
            שָׁלַ֥ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלַ֥ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·laḥ
                
                
                     sent me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·laḥ
         sent me 
    
 
        
            אֵלָֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāy
                
                
                     this message : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāy
         this message : 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            ‘Behold, a people has come out of Egypt, and they cover the face of the land. Now come and put a curse on them for me. Perhaps I may be able to fight against them and drive them away.’”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הִנֵּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     ‘ Behold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         ‘ Behold , 
    
 
        
            הָעָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     a people 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         a people 
    
 
        
            הַיֹּצֵ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיֹּצֵ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·ṣê
                
                
                     has come out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·ṣê
         has come out 
    
 
        
            מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miṣ·ra·yim
                
                
                     of Egypt , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Egypt = |land of the Copts|<BR> n pr loc <BR> 1) a country at the northeastern section of Africa, adjacent to Palestine, and through which the Nile flows <BR> Egyptians = |double straits| <BR> adj <BR> 2) the inhabitants or natives of Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miṣ·ra·yim
         of Egypt , 
    
 
        
            וַיְכַ֖ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְכַ֖ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḵas
                
                
                     and they cover 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to cover, conceal, hide <BR> 1a) (Qal) conceal, covered (participle)<BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be covered <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to cover, clothe <BR> 1c2) to cover, conceal <BR> 1c3) to cover (for protection) <BR> 1c4) to cover over, spread over <BR> 1c5) to cover, overwhelm <BR> 1d) (Pual) <BR> 1d1) to be covered <BR> 1d2) to be clothed <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to cover oneself, clothe oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḵas
         and they cover 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עֵ֣ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֣ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ên
                
                
                     the face 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ên
         the face 
    
 
        
            הָאָ֑רֶץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָ֑רֶץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·reṣ
                
                
                     of the land . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·reṣ
         of the land . 
    
 
        
            עַתָּ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַתָּ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘at·tāh
                
                
                     Now 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘at·tāh
         Now 
    
 
        
            לְכָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāh
                
                
                     come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāh
         come 
    
 
        
            קָֽבָה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽבָה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḇāh-
                
                
                     and put a curse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to curse, utter a curse against <BR> 1a) (Qal) to curse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḇāh-
         and put a curse 
    
 
        
            אֹת֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     on them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         on them 
    
 
        
            לִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     for me . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         for me . 
    
 
        
            אוּלַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוּלַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ū·lay
                
                
                     Perhaps I may 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        194 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perhaps, peradventure <BR> 2) if peradventure <BR> 3) unless <BR> 4) suppose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ū·lay
         Perhaps I may 
    
 
        
            אוּכַ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוּכַ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ū·ḵal
                
                
                     be able 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ū·ḵal
         be able 
    
 
        
            לְהִלָּ֥חֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהִלָּ֥חֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hil·lā·ḥem
                
                
                     to fight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Nifal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3898 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fight, do battle, make war <BR> 1a) (Qal) to fight, do battle <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to engage in battle, wage war <BR> 2) (Qal) to eat, use as food 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hil·lā·ḥem
         to fight 
    
 
        
            בּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bōw
                
                
                     against them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bōw
         against them 
    
 
        
            וְגֵרַשְׁתִּֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגֵרַשְׁתִּֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡê·raš·tîw
                
                
                     and drive them away . ’” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1644 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to drive out, expel, cast out, drive away, divorce, put away, thrust away, trouble, cast up <BR> 1a) (Qal) to thrust out, cast out <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be driven away, be tossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to drive out, drive away <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be thrust out 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡê·raš·tîw
         and drive them away . ’” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But God said to Balaam, “Do not go with them. You are not to curse this people, for they are blessed.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     But God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         But God 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam , 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     “ Do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         “ Do not 
    
 
        
            תֵלֵ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵלֵ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯê·lêḵ
                
                
                     go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯê·lêḵ
         go 
    
 
        
            עִמָּהֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּהֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mā·hem
                
                
                     with them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mā·hem
         with them . 
    
 
        
            לֹ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     You are not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         You are not 
    
 
        
            תָאֹר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָאֹר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯā·’ōr
                
                
                     to curse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        779 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to curse <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to curse <BR> 1a2) cursed be he (participle used as in curses) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be cursed, cursed <BR> 1c)(Piel) to curse, lay under a curse, put a curse on <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be made a curse, be cursed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯā·’ōr
         to curse 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     this people , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         this people , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         for 
    
 
        
            הֽוּא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֽוּא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     they 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         they 
    
 
        
            בָר֖וּךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָר֖וּךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·rūḵ
                
                
                     are blessed . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1288 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bless, kneel <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kneel <BR> 1a2) to bless <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be blessed, bless oneself <BR> 1c) (Piel) to bless <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be blessed, be adored <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to cause to kneel <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to bless oneself <BR> 2) (TWOT) to praise, salute, curse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·rūḵ
         are blessed . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Balaam got up the next morning and said to Balak’s princes, “Go back to your homeland, because the LORD has refused to let me go with you.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בִּלְעָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     So Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         So Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֤קָם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֤קָם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·qām
                
                
                     got up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, arise, stand, rise up, stand up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to arise <BR> 1a2) to arise (hostile sense) <BR> 1a3) to arise, become powerful <BR> 1a4) to arise, come on the scene <BR> 1a5) to stand <BR> 1a5a) to maintain oneself <BR> 1a5b) to be established, be confirmed <BR> 1a5c) to stand, endure <BR> 1a5d) to be fixed <BR> 1a5e) to be valid <BR> 1a5f) to be proven <BR> 1a5g) to be fulfilled <BR> 1a5h) to persist <BR> 1a5i) to be set, be fixed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to fulfil <BR> 1b2) to confirm, ratify, establish, impose <BR> 1c) (Polel) to raise up <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to raise oneself, rise up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause to arise, raise <BR> 1e2) to raise, set up, erect, build <BR> 1e3) to raise up, bring on the scene <BR> 1e4) to raise up, rouse, stir up, investigate <BR> 1e5) to raise up, constitute <BR> 1e6) to cause to stand, set, station, establish <BR> 1e7) to make binding <BR> 1e8) to carry out, give effect to <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be raised up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·qām
         got up 
    
 
        
            בַּבֹּ֔קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּבֹּ֔קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bab·bō·qer
                
                
                     the next morning 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bab·bō·qer
         the next morning 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֙אמֶר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֙אמֶר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     and said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         and said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בָלָ֔ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָלָ֔ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·lāq
                
                
                     Balak’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·lāq
         Balak’s 
    
 
        
            שָׂרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·rê
                
                
                     princes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prince, ruler, leader, chief, chieftain, official, captain <BR> 1a) chieftain, leader <BR> 1b) vassal, noble, official (under king) <BR> 1c) captain, general, commander (military) <BR> 1d) chief, head, overseer (of other official classes) <BR> 1e) heads, princes (of religious office) <BR> 1f) elders (of representative leaders of people) <BR> 1g) merchant-princes (of rank and dignity) <BR> 1h) patron-angel <BR> 1i) Ruler of rulers (of God) <BR> 1j) warden 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·rê
         princes , 
    
 
        
            לְכ֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכ֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵū
                
                
                     “ Go back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵū
         “ Go back 
    
 
        
            אֶֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            אַרְצְכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְצְכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ṣə·ḵem
                
                
                     your homeland , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ṣə·ḵem
         your homeland , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         because 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ên
                
                
                     has refused 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to refuse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ên
         has refused 
    
 
        
            לְתִתִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְתִתִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṯit·tî
                
                
                     to let me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṯit·tî
         to let me 
    
 
        
            לַהֲלֹ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַהֲלֹ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·hă·lōḵ
                
                
                     go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·hă·lōḵ
         go 
    
 
        
            עִמָּכֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּכֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mā·ḵem
                
                
                     with you . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mā·ḵem
         with you . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the princes of Moab arose, returned to Balak, and said, “Balaam refused to come with us.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שָׂרֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂרֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·rê
                
                
                     And the princes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prince, ruler, leader, chief, chieftain, official, captain <BR> 1a) chieftain, leader <BR> 1b) vassal, noble, official (under king) <BR> 1c) captain, general, commander (military) <BR> 1d) chief, head, overseer (of other official classes) <BR> 1e) heads, princes (of religious office) <BR> 1f) elders (of representative leaders of people) <BR> 1g) merchant-princes (of rank and dignity) <BR> 1h) patron-angel <BR> 1i) Ruler of rulers (of God) <BR> 1j) warden 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·rê
         And the princes 
    
 
        
            מוֹאָ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     of Moab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         of Moab 
    
 
        
            וַיָּק֙וּמוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּק֙וּמוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·qū·mū
                
                
                     arose , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, arise, stand, rise up, stand up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to arise <BR> 1a2) to arise (hostile sense) <BR> 1a3) to arise, become powerful <BR> 1a4) to arise, come on the scene <BR> 1a5) to stand <BR> 1a5a) to maintain oneself <BR> 1a5b) to be established, be confirmed <BR> 1a5c) to stand, endure <BR> 1a5d) to be fixed <BR> 1a5e) to be valid <BR> 1a5f) to be proven <BR> 1a5g) to be fulfilled <BR> 1a5h) to persist <BR> 1a5i) to be set, be fixed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to fulfil <BR> 1b2) to confirm, ratify, establish, impose <BR> 1c) (Polel) to raise up <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to raise oneself, rise up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause to arise, raise <BR> 1e2) to raise, set up, erect, build <BR> 1e3) to raise up, bring on the scene <BR> 1e4) to raise up, rouse, stir up, investigate <BR> 1e5) to raise up, constitute <BR> 1e6) to cause to stand, set, station, establish <BR> 1e7) to make binding <BR> 1e8) to carry out, give effect to <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be raised up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·qū·mū
         arose , 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     returned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō·’ū
         returned 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בָּלָ֑ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֑ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     Balak , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         Balak , 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mə·rū
                
                
                     and said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mə·rū
         and said , 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     “ Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         “ Balaam 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ên
                
                
                     refused 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3985 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Piel) to refuse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ên
         refused 
    
 
        
            הֲלֹ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲלֹ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·lōḵ
                
                
                     to come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·lōḵ
         to come 
    
 
        
            עִמָּֽנוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּֽנוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mā·nū
                
                
                     with us . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mā·nū
         with us . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then Balak sent other princes, more numerous and more distinguished than the first messengers.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בָּלָ֑ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֑ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     Then Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         Then Balak 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֹ֣חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹ֣חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lō·aḥ
                
                
                     sent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lō·aḥ
         sent 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֥סֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֥סֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·sep̄
                
                
                     other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1a) (Qal) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to join, join oneself to <BR> 1b2) to be joined, be added to <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to add, increase <BR> 1c2) to do more, do again 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·sep̄
         other 
    
 
        
            שָׂרִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂרִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·rîm
                
                
                     princes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prince, ruler, leader, chief, chieftain, official, captain <BR> 1a) chieftain, leader <BR> 1b) vassal, noble, official (under king) <BR> 1c) captain, general, commander (military) <BR> 1d) chief, head, overseer (of other official classes) <BR> 1e) heads, princes (of religious office) <BR> 1f) elders (of representative leaders of people) <BR> 1g) merchant-princes (of rank and dignity) <BR> 1h) patron-angel <BR> 1i) Ruler of rulers (of God) <BR> 1j) warden 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·rîm
         princes , 
    
 
        
            ע֖וֹד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ע֖וֹד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·wḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·wḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            רַבִּ֥ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַבִּ֥ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rab·bîm
                
                
                     more numerous 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7227 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) much, many, great <BR> 1a) much <BR> 1b) many <BR> 1c) abounding in <BR> 1d) more numerous than <BR> 1e) abundant, enough <BR> 1f) great <BR> 1g) strong <BR> 1h) greater than <BR> adv <BR> 1i) much, exceedingly <BR> n m <BR> 2) captain, chief 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rab·bîm
         more numerous 
    
 
        
            וְנִכְבָּדִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִכְבָּדִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niḵ·bā·ḏîm
                
                
                     and more distinguished 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3513 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be heavy, be weighty, be grievous, be hard, be rich, be honourable, be glorious, be burdensome, be honoured <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be heavy <BR> 1a2) to be heavy, be insensible, be dull <BR> 1a3) to be honoured <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made heavy, be honoured, enjoy honour, be made abundant <BR> 1b2) to get oneself glory or honour, gain glory <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to make heavy, make dull, make insensible <BR> 1c2) to make honourable, honour, glorify <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be made honourable, be honoured <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to make heavy <BR> 1e2) to make heavy, make dull, make unresponsive <BR> 1e3) to cause to be honoured <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to make oneself heavy, make oneself dense, make oneself numerous <BR> 1f2) to honour oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niḵ·bā·ḏîm
         and more distinguished 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵֽלֶּה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵֽלֶּה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’êl·leh
                
                
                     than the [first messengers] . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’êl·leh
         than the [first messengers] . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They came to Balaam and said, “This is what Balak son of Zippor says: ‘Please let nothing hinder you from coming to me,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     They came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō·’ū
         They came 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמְרוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמְרוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mə·rū
                
                
                     and said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mə·rū
         and said 
    
 
        
            ל֗וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֗וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         , 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     “ This is what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         “ This is what 
    
 
        
            בָּלָ֣ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֣ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         Balak 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            צִפּ֔וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צִפּ֔וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣip·pō·wr
                
                
                     of Zippor 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zippor = |sparrow|<BR> 1) father of Balak the king of Moab at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣip·pō·wr
         of Zippor 
    
 
        
            אָמַר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     says : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         says : 
    
 
        
            נָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā
                
                
                     ‘ Please 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (we) pray, now, please <BR> 1a) used in entreaty or exhortation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā
         ‘ Please 
    
 
        
            אַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al-
                
                
                     let nothing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        408 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no, nor, neither, nothing (as wish or preference) <BR> 1a) do not, let not (with a verb) <BR> 1b) let there not be (with a verb understood) <BR> 1c) not, no (with substantive) <BR> 1d) nothing (as substantive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al-
         let nothing 
    
 
        
            תִמָּנַ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִמָּנַ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯim·mā·na‘
                
                
                     hinder 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4513 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to withhold, hold back, keep back, refrain, deny, keep restrain, hinder <BR> 1a) (Qal) to withhold <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be withheld 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯim·mā·na‘
         hinder 
    
 
        
            מֵהֲלֹ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵהֲלֹ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·hă·lōḵ
                
                
                     you from coming 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·hă·lōḵ
         you from coming 
    
 
        
            אֵלָֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāy
                
                
                     to me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāy
         to me , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            for I will honor you richly and do whatever you say. So please come and put a curse on this people for me!’”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּלְכָה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְכָה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·ḵāh-
                
                
                     come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·ḵāh-
         come 
    
 
        
            קָֽבָה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָֽבָה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·ḇāh-
                
                
                     and put a curse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6895 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to curse, utter a curse against <BR> 1a) (Qal) to curse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·ḇāh-
         and put a curse 
    
 
        
            לִּ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִּ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         
    
 
        
            אֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     on this 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         on this 
    
 
        
            הָעָ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     people for me ! ’” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         people for me ! ’” 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         for 
    
 
        
            כַבֵּ֤ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַבֵּ֤ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵab·bêḏ
                
                
                     I will honor you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Infinitive absolute 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3513 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be heavy, be weighty, be grievous, be hard, be rich, be honourable, be glorious, be burdensome, be honoured <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be heavy <BR> 1a2) to be heavy, be insensible, be dull <BR> 1a3) to be honoured <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made heavy, be honoured, enjoy honour, be made abundant <BR> 1b2) to get oneself glory or honour, gain glory <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to make heavy, make dull, make insensible <BR> 1c2) to make honourable, honour, glorify <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be made honourable, be honoured <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to make heavy <BR> 1e2) to make heavy, make dull, make unresponsive <BR> 1e3) to cause to be honoured <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to make oneself heavy, make oneself dense, make oneself numerous <BR> 1f2) to honour oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵab·bêḏ
         I will honor you 
    
 
        
            מְאֹ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאֹ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ōḏ
                
                
                     richly 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3966 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) exceedingly, much <BR> subst <BR> 2) might, force, abundance <BR> n m <BR> 3) muchness, force, abundance, exceedingly <BR> 3a) force, might <BR> 3b) exceedingly, greatly, very (idioms showing magnitude or degree) <BR> 3b1) exceedingly <BR> 3b2) up to abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly <BR> 3b3) with muchness, muchness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ōḏ
         richly 
    
 
        
            אֲכַבֶּדְךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲכַבֶּדְךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḵab·beḏ·ḵā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - first person common singular | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3513 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be heavy, be weighty, be grievous, be hard, be rich, be honourable, be glorious, be burdensome, be honoured <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be heavy <BR> 1a2) to be heavy, be insensible, be dull <BR> 1a3) to be honoured <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made heavy, be honoured, enjoy honour, be made abundant <BR> 1b2) to get oneself glory or honour, gain glory <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to make heavy, make dull, make insensible <BR> 1c2) to make honourable, honour, glorify <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be made honourable, be honoured <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to make heavy <BR> 1e2) to make heavy, make dull, make unresponsive <BR> 1e3) to cause to be honoured <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to make oneself heavy, make oneself dense, make oneself numerous <BR> 1f2) to honour oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḵab·beḏ·ḵā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·‘ĕ·śeh
                
                
                     and do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·‘ĕ·śeh
         and do 
    
 
        
            וְכֹ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֹ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵōl
                
                
                     whatever 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵōl
         whatever 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            תֹּאמַ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֹּאמַ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tō·mar
                
                
                     you say 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tō·mar
         you say 
    
 
        
            אֵלַ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלַ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lay
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lay
         . . . . 
    
 
        
            נָּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā
                
                
                     So please 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (we) pray, now, please <BR> 1a) used in entreaty or exhortation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā
         So please 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But Balaam replied to the servants of Balak, “If Balak were to give me his house full of silver and gold, I could not do anything small or great to go beyond the command of the LORD my God.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בִּלְעָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     But Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         But Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֙אמֶר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֙אמֶר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֣עַן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֣עַן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘an
                
                
                     replied 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6030 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to answer, respond, testify, speak, shout <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to answer, respond to <BR> 1a2) to testify, respond as a witness <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to make answer <BR> 1b2) to be answered, receive answer <BR> 2) (Qal) to sing, utter tunefully <BR> 3) (Qal) to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘an
         replied 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            עַבְדֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַבְדֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḇ·ḏê
                
                
                     the servants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5650 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) slave, servant <BR> 1a) slave, servant, man-servant <BR> 1b) subjects <BR> 1c) servants, worshippers (of God) <BR> 1d) servant (in special sense as prophets, Levites etc) <BR> 1e) servant (of Israel) <BR> 1f) servant (as form of address between equals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḇ·ḏê
         the servants 
    
 
        
            בָלָ֔ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָלָ֔ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·lāq
                
                
                     of Balak , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·lāq
         of Balak , 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     “ If 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         “ If 
    
 
        
            בָלָ֛ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָלָ֛ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·lāq
                
                
                     Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·lāq
         Balak 
    
 
        
            יִתֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yit·ten-
                
                
                     were to give 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yit·ten-
         were to give 
    
 
        
            לִ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         me 
    
 
        
            בֵית֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֵית֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇê·ṯōw
                
                
                     his house 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇê·ṯōw
         his house 
    
 
        
            מְלֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְלֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·lō
                
                
                     full 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4393 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fulness, that which fills <BR> 1a) fulness, handful <BR> 1b) mass, multitude <BR> 1c) fulness, that which fills, entire contents <BR> 1d) full length, full line 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·lō
         full 
    
 
        
            כֶּ֣סֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֶּ֣סֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ke·sep̄
                
                
                     of silver 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver, money <BR> 1a) silver <BR> 1a1) as metal <BR> 1a2) as ornament <BR> 1a3) as colour <BR> 1b) money, shekels, talents 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ke·sep̄
         of silver 
    
 
        
            וְזָהָ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזָהָ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     and gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zā·hāḇ
         and gold , 
    
 
        
            אוּכַ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוּכַ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ū·ḵal
                
                
                     I could 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ū·ḵal
         I could 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         not 
    
 
        
            לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·śō·wṯ
                
                
                     do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·śō·wṯ
         do 
    
 
        
            קְטַנָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְטַנָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṭan·nāh
                
                
                     anything small 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) young, small, insignificant, unimportant <BR> 1a) small <BR> 1b) insignificant <BR> 1c) young <BR> 1d) unimportant 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṭan·nāh
         anything small 
    
 
        
            א֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
א֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ōw
                
                
                     or 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        176 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) or, rather <BR> 1a) implying that the latter choice is preferred <BR> 1b) or if, introducing an example to be seen under a particular principle <BR> 1c) (in series) either...or, whether...or <BR> 1d) if perchance <BR> 1e) except, or else <BR> 2) whether, not the least, if, otherwise, also, and, then 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ōw
         or 
    
 
        
            גְדוֹלָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְדוֹלָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḏō·w·lāh
                
                
                     great 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1419 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) great <BR> 1a) large (in magnitude and extent) <BR> 1b) in number <BR> 1c) in intensity <BR> 1d) loud (in sound) <BR> 1e) older (in age) <BR> 1f) in importance <BR> 1f1) important things <BR> 1f2) great, distinguished (of men) <BR> 1f3) God Himself (of God) <BR> subst <BR> 1g) great things <BR> 1h) haughty things <BR> 1i) greatness <BR> n pr m <BR> 1j) (CLBL) Haggedolim, the great man?, father of Zabdiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḏō·w·lāh
         great 
    
 
        
            לַעֲבֹר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַעֲבֹר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·ḇōr
                
                
                     to go beyond 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·ḇōr
         to go beyond 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            פִּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pî
                
                
                     the command 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pî
         the command 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהָ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהָ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hāy
                
                
                     my God . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hāy
         my God . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So now, please stay here overnight as the others did, that I may find out what else the LORD has to tell me.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעַתָּ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַתָּ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘at·tāh
                
                
                     So now , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘at·tāh
         So now , 
    
 
        
            נָ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā
                
                
                     please 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (we) pray, now, please <BR> 1a) used in entreaty or exhortation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā
         please 
    
 
        
            שְׁב֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁב֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḇū
                
                
                     stay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3427 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to dwell, remain, sit, abide <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to sit, sit down <BR> 1a2) to be set <BR> 1a3) to remain, stay <BR> 1a4) to dwell, have one's abode <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be inhabited <BR> 1c) (Piel) to set, place <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to sit <BR> 1d2) to cause to abide, set <BR> 1d3) to cause to dwell <BR> 1d4) to cause (cities) to be inhabited <BR> 1d5) to marry (give an dwelling to) <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be inhabited <BR> 1e2) to make to dwell 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḇū
         stay 
    
 
        
            בָזֶ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָזֶ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·zeh
                
                
                     here 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·zeh
         here 
    
 
        
            הַלָּ֑יְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַלָּ֑יְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hal·lā·yə·lāh
                
                
                     overnight 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hal·lā·yə·lāh
         overnight 
    
 
        
            גַּם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gam-
                
                
                     as the others did 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, even, indeed, moreover, yea <BR> 1a) also, moreover (giving emphasis) <BR> 1b) neither, neither...nor (with negative) <BR> 1c) even (for stress) <BR> 1d) indeed, yea (introducing climax) <BR> 1e) also (of correspondence or retribution) <BR> 1f) but, yet, though (adversative) <BR> 1g) even, yea, yea though (with 'when' in hypothetical case) <BR> 2) (TWOT) again, alike 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gam-
         as the others did 
    
 
        
            אַתֶּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתֶּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tem
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tem
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֣דְעָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֣דְעָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ê·ḏə·‘āh
                
                
                     that I may find out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect Cohortative - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ê·ḏə·‘āh
         that I may find out 
    
 
        
            מַה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mah-
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mah-
         what 
    
 
        
            יֹּסֵ֥ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹּסֵ֥ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·sêp̄
                
                
                     else 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect Jussive - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1a) (Qal) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to join, join oneself to <BR> 1b2) to be joined, be added to <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to add, increase <BR> 1c2) to do more, do again 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·sêp̄
         else 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            דַּבֵּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּבֵּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dab·bêr
                
                
                     has to tell me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dab·bêr
         has to tell me 
    
 
        
            עִמִּֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמִּֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mî
                
                
                     . . . . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mî
         . . . . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            That night God came to Balaam and said, “Since these men have come to summon you, get up and go with them, but you must only do what I tell you.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לַיְלָה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַיְלָה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lay·lāh
                
                
                     That night 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) night <BR> 1a) night (as opposed to day) <BR> 1b) of gloom, protective shadow (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lay·lāh
         That night 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֥ים׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֥ים׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō
                
                
                     came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō
         came 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָם֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָם֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     and said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         and said 
    
 
        
            ל֗וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֗וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         , 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     “ Since 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         “ Since 
    
 
        
            הָאֲנָשִׁ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֲנָשִׁ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·nā·šîm
                
                
                     these men 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·nā·šîm
         these men 
    
 
        
            בָּ֣אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֣אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·’ū
                
                
                     have come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·’ū
         have come 
    
 
        
            לִקְרֹ֤א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִקְרֹ֤א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liq·rō
                
                
                     to summon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liq·rō
         to summon 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         you , 
    
 
        
            ק֖וּם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ק֖וּם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qūm
                
                
                     get up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, arise, stand, rise up, stand up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to arise <BR> 1a2) to arise (hostile sense) <BR> 1a3) to arise, become powerful <BR> 1a4) to arise, come on the scene <BR> 1a5) to stand <BR> 1a5a) to maintain oneself <BR> 1a5b) to be established, be confirmed <BR> 1a5c) to stand, endure <BR> 1a5d) to be fixed <BR> 1a5e) to be valid <BR> 1a5f) to be proven <BR> 1a5g) to be fulfilled <BR> 1a5h) to persist <BR> 1a5i) to be set, be fixed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to fulfil <BR> 1b2) to confirm, ratify, establish, impose <BR> 1c) (Polel) to raise up <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to raise oneself, rise up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause to arise, raise <BR> 1e2) to raise, set up, erect, build <BR> 1e3) to raise up, bring on the scene <BR> 1e4) to raise up, rouse, stir up, investigate <BR> 1e5) to raise up, constitute <BR> 1e6) to cause to stand, set, station, establish <BR> 1e7) to make binding <BR> 1e8) to carry out, give effect to <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be raised up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qūm
         get up 
    
 
        
            לֵ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḵ
                
                
                     and go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḵ
         and go 
    
 
        
            אִתָּ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתָּ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tām
                
                
                     with them , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tām
         with them , 
    
 
        
            וְאַ֗ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַ֗ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’aḵ
                
                
                     but you must only 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        389 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) indeed, surely (emphatic) <BR> 2) howbeit, only, but, yet (restrictive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’aḵ
         but you must only 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַדָּבָ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּבָ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇār
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇār
         - 
    
 
        
            תַעֲשֶֽׂה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַעֲשֶֽׂה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯa·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     do 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯa·‘ă·śeh
         do 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         what 
    
 
        
            אֲדַבֵּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדַבֵּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     I tell you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏab·bêr
         I tell you 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֹת֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So in the morning Balaam got up, saddled his donkey, and went with the princes of Moab.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בַּבֹּ֔קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּבֹּ֔קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bab·bō·qer
                
                
                     So in the morning 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bab·bō·qer
         So in the morning 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיָּ֤קָם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּ֤קָם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·qām
                
                
                     got up , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, arise, stand, rise up, stand up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to arise <BR> 1a2) to arise (hostile sense) <BR> 1a3) to arise, become powerful <BR> 1a4) to arise, come on the scene <BR> 1a5) to stand <BR> 1a5a) to maintain oneself <BR> 1a5b) to be established, be confirmed <BR> 1a5c) to stand, endure <BR> 1a5d) to be fixed <BR> 1a5e) to be valid <BR> 1a5f) to be proven <BR> 1a5g) to be fulfilled <BR> 1a5h) to persist <BR> 1a5i) to be set, be fixed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to fulfil <BR> 1b2) to confirm, ratify, establish, impose <BR> 1c) (Polel) to raise up <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to raise oneself, rise up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause to arise, raise <BR> 1e2) to raise, set up, erect, build <BR> 1e3) to raise up, bring on the scene <BR> 1e4) to raise up, rouse, stir up, investigate <BR> 1e5) to raise up, constitute <BR> 1e6) to cause to stand, set, station, establish <BR> 1e7) to make binding <BR> 1e8) to carry out, give effect to <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be raised up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·qām
         got up , 
    
 
        
            וַֽיַּחֲבֹ֖שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּחֲבֹ֖שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·ḥă·ḇōš
                
                
                     saddled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2280 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to tie, bind, bind on, bind up, saddle, restrain, bandage, govern<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to bind, bind on <BR> 1a2) to bind up <BR> 1b) (Piel) to bind, restrain <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be bound up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·ḥă·ḇōš
         saddled 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲתֹנ֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲתֹנ֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ṯō·nōw
                
                
                     his donkey , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ṯō·nōw
         his donkey , 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·leḵ
                
                
                     and went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·leḵ
         and went 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            שָׂרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·rê
                
                
                     the princes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prince, ruler, leader, chief, chieftain, official, captain <BR> 1a) chieftain, leader <BR> 1b) vassal, noble, official (under king) <BR> 1c) captain, general, commander (military) <BR> 1d) chief, head, overseer (of other official classes) <BR> 1e) heads, princes (of religious office) <BR> 1f) elders (of representative leaders of people) <BR> 1g) merchant-princes (of rank and dignity) <BR> 1h) patron-angel <BR> 1i) Ruler of rulers (of God) <BR> 1j) warden 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·rê
         the princes 
    
 
        
            מוֹאָֽב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָֽב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     of Moab . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         of Moab . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then God’s anger was kindled because Balaam was going along, and the angel of the LORD stood in the road to oppose him. Balaam was riding his donkey, and his two servants were with him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלֹהִים֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִים֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     Then God’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         Then God’s 
    
 
        
            אַ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ap̄
                
                
                     anger 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nostril, nose, face <BR> 2) anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ap̄
         anger 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽחַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽחַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yi·ḥar-
                
                
                     was kindled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2734 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be hot, furious, burn, become angry, be kindled <BR> 1a) (Qal) to burn, kindle (anger) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be angry with, be incensed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to burn, kindle <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to heat oneself in vexation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yi·ḥar-
         was kindled 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         because 
    
 
        
            הוּא֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוּא֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hū
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hū
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            הוֹלֵ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הוֹלֵ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hō·w·lêḵ
                
                
                     was going along , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hō·w·lêḵ
         was going along , 
    
 
        
            מַלְאַ֧ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֧ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     and the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         and the angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיִּתְיַצֵּ֞ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּתְיַצֵּ֞ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiṯ·yaṣ·ṣêḇ
                
                
                     stood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to place, set, stand, set or station oneself, present oneself <BR> 1a) (Hithpael) to station oneself, take one's stand, stand, present oneself, stand with someone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiṯ·yaṣ·ṣêḇ
         stood 
    
 
        
            בַּדֶּ֖רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּדֶּ֖רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bad·de·reḵ
                
                
                     in the road 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bad·de·reḵ
         in the road 
    
 
        
            לְשָׂטָ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשָׂטָ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·śā·ṭān
                
                
                     to oppose 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) adversary, one who withstands <BR> 1a) adversary (in general-personal or national) <BR> 2) superhuman adversary <BR> 2a) Satan (as noun pr) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·śā·ṭān
         to oppose 
    
 
        
            ל֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         him . 
    
 
        
            וְהוּא֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוּא֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hū
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hū
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            רֹכֵ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֹכֵ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rō·ḵêḇ
                
                
                     was riding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7392 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to mount and ride, ride <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to mount, mount and sit or ride <BR> 1a2) to ride, be riding <BR> 1a3) rider (subst) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to ride, cause to (mount and) ride <BR> 1b2) to cause to draw (plough, etc) <BR> 1b3) to cause to ride upon (fig) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rō·ḵêḇ
         was riding 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֲתֹנ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲתֹנ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ṯō·nōw
                
                
                     his donkey , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ṯō·nōw
         his donkey , 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·nê
                
                
                     and his two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·nê
         and his two 
    
 
        
            נְעָרָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְעָרָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·‘ā·rāw
                
                
                     servants 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5288 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a boy, lad, servant, youth, retainer <BR> 1a) boy, lad, youth <BR> 1b) servant, retainer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·‘ā·rāw
         servants 
    
 
        
            עִמּֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמּֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mōw
                
                
                     were with him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mōw
         were with him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When the donkey saw the angel of the LORD standing in the road with a drawn sword in his hand, she turned off the path and went into a field. So Balaam beat her to return her to the path.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָאָתוֹן֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָתוֹן֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     When the donkey 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         When the donkey 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַתֵּ֣רֶא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתֵּ֣רֶא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tê·re
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tê·re
         saw 
    
 
        
            מַלְאַ֨ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֨ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         the angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            נִצָּ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִצָּ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niṣ·ṣāḇ
                
                
                     standing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, take one's stand, stand upright, be set (over), establish <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to station oneself, take one's stand <BR> 1a2) to stand, be stationed <BR> 1a3) to stand, take an upright position <BR> 1a4) to be stationed, be appointed <BR> 1a5) deputy, prefect, appointed, deputed (subst) <BR> 1a6) to stand firm <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to set up, erect <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand erect <BR> 1b4) to fix, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be fixed, be determined, be stationary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niṣ·ṣāḇ
         standing 
    
 
        
            בַּדֶּ֗רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּדֶּ֗רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bad·de·reḵ
                
                
                     in the road 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bad·de·reḵ
         in the road 
    
 
        
            שְׁלוּפָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלוּפָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lū·p̄āh
                
                
                     with a drawn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8025 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to draw out or off, take off <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to draw out <BR> 1a2) to draw off <BR> 1a3) to shoot up, draw out (of blade of grass on roof) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lū·p̄āh
         with a drawn 
    
 
        
            וְחַרְבּ֤וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַרְבּ֤וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥar·bōw
                
                
                     sword 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥar·bōw
         sword 
    
 
        
            בְּיָד֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָד֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏōw
                
                
                     in his hand , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏōw
         in his hand , 
    
 
        
            הָֽאָתוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאָתוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     she 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         she 
    
 
        
            וַתֵּ֤ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתֵּ֤ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·têṭ
                
                
                     turned 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·têṭ
         turned 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     off 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         off 
    
 
        
            הַדֶּ֔רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדֶּ֔רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·de·reḵ
                
                
                     the path 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·de·reḵ
         the path 
    
 
        
            וַתֵּ֖לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתֵּ֖לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tê·leḵ
                
                
                     and went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tê·leḵ
         and went 
    
 
        
            בַּשָּׂדֶ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּשָּׂדֶ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baś·śā·ḏeh
                
                
                     into a field . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) field, land <BR> 1a) cultivated field<BR> 1b) of home of wild beasts <BR> 1c) plain (opposed to mountain) <BR> 1d) land (opposed to sea) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baś·śā·ḏeh
         into a field . 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     So Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         So Balaam 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaḵ
                
                
                     beat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaḵ
         beat 
    
 
        
            הָ֣אָת֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֣אָת֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     her 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         her 
    
 
        
            לְהַטֹּתָ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַטֹּתָ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·haṭ·ṭō·ṯāh
                
                
                     to return her 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·haṭ·ṭō·ṯāh
         to return her 
    
 
        
            הַדָּֽרֶךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּֽרֶךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·reḵ
                
                
                     to the path . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·reḵ
         to the path . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the angel of the LORD stood in a narrow passage between two vineyards, with walls on either side.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     Then the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         Then the angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַֽיַּעֲמֹד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּעֲמֹד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·mōḏ
                
                
                     stood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, remain, endure, take one's stand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stand, take one's stand, be in a standing attitude, stand forth, take a stand, present oneself, attend upon, be or become servant of <BR> 1a2) to stand still, stop (moving or doing), cease <BR> 1a3) to tarry, delay, remain, continue, abide, endure, persist, be steadfast <BR> 1a4) to make a stand, hold one's ground <BR> 1a5) to stand upright, remain standing, stand up, rise, be erect, be upright <BR> 1a6) to arise, appear, come on the scene, stand forth, appear, rise up or against <BR> 1a7) to stand with, take one's stand, be appointed, grow flat, grow insipid <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to cause to stand firm, maintain <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand up, cause to set up, erect <BR> 1b4) to present (one) before (king) <BR> 1b5) to appoint, ordain, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be presented, be caused to stand, be stood before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·mōḏ
         stood 
    
 
        
            בְּמִשְׁע֖וֹל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִשְׁע֖וֹל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miš·‘ō·wl
                
                
                     in a narrow passage 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4934 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hollow way, narrow way <BR> 1a) of a road shut in between vineyards 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miš·‘ō·wl
         in a narrow passage 
    
 
        
            הַכְּרָמִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכְּרָמִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·rā·mîm
                
                
                     between two vineyards , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3754 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) vineyard 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·rā·mîm
         between two vineyards , 
    
 
        
            גָּדֵ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָּדֵ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gā·ḏêr
                
                
                     with walls 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1447 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fence, wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gā·ḏêr
         with walls 
    
 
        
            מִזֶּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזֶּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·zeh
                
                
                     on either side 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·zeh
         on either side 
    
 
        
            וְגָדֵ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְגָדֵ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḡā·ḏêr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1447 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fence, wall 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḡā·ḏêr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מִזֶּֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזֶּֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·zeh
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·zeh
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the donkey saw the angel of the LORD and pressed herself against the wall, crushing Balaam’s foot against it. So he beat her once again.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָאָת֜וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָת֜וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     And the donkey 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         And the donkey 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַתֵּ֨רֶא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתֵּ֨רֶא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tê·re
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tê·re
         saw 
    
 
        
            מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         the angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַתִּלָּחֵץ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתִּלָּחֵץ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·til·lā·ḥêṣ
                
                
                     and pressed herself 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to squeeze, press, oppress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to squeeze, press <BR> 1a2) to oppress <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to squeeze oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·til·lā·ḥêṣ
         and pressed herself 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         against 
    
 
        
            הַקִּ֔יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקִּ֔יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qîr
                
                
                     the wall , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7023 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wall, side <BR> 1a) wall (of house or chamber) <BR> 1b) the sides (of the altar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qîr
         the wall , 
    
 
        
            וַתִּלְחַ֛ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתִּלְחַ֛ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·til·ḥaṣ
                
                
                     crushing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to squeeze, press, oppress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to squeeze, press <BR> 1a2) to oppress <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to squeeze oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·til·ḥaṣ
         crushing 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam’s 
    
 
        
            רֶ֥גֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רֶ֥גֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    re·ḡel
                
                
                     foot 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        re·ḡel
         foot 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         against 
    
 
        
            הַקִּ֑יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקִּ֑יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qîr
                
                
                     it . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7023 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wall, side <BR> 1a) wall (of house or chamber) <BR> 1b) the sides (of the altar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qîr
         it . 
    
 
        
            לְהַכֹּתָֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְהַכֹּתָֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·hak·kō·ṯāh
                
                
                     So he beat her 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·hak·kō·ṯāh
         So he beat her 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֖סֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֖סֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·sep̄
                
                
                     once again . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1a) (Qal) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to join, join oneself to <BR> 1b2) to be joined, be added to <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to add, increase <BR> 1c2) to do more, do again 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·sep̄
         once again . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the angel of the LORD moved on ahead and stood in a narrow place where there was no room to turn to the right or left.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְאַךְ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַךְ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ-
                
                
                     And the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ-
         And the angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            עֲב֑וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲב֑וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ḇō·wr
                
                
                     moved 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5674 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pass over or by or through, alienate, bring, carry, do away, take, take away, transgress <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pass over, cross, cross over, pass over, march over, overflow, go over <BR> 1a2) to pass beyond <BR> 1a3) to pass through, traverse <BR> 1a3a) passers-through (participle) <BR> 1a3b) to pass through (the parts of victim in covenant) <BR> 1a4) to pass along, pass by, overtake and pass, sweep by <BR> 1a4a) passer-by (participle) <BR> 1a4b) to be past, be over <BR> 1a5) to pass on, go on, pass on before, go in advance of, pass along, travel, advance <BR> 1a6) to pass away <BR> 1a6a) to emigrate, leave (one's territory) <BR> 1a6b) to vanish <BR> 1a6c) to perish, cease to exist <BR> 1a6d) to become invalid, become obsolete (of law, decree) <BR> 1a6e) to be alienated, pass into other hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be crossed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to impregnate, cause to cross <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to pass over, cause to bring over, cause to cross over, make over to, dedicate, devote <BR> 1d2) to cause to pass through <BR> 1d3) to cause to pass by or beyond or under, let pass by <BR> 1d4) to cause to pass away, cause to take away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to pass over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ḇō·wr
         moved 
    
 
        
            וַיּ֥וֹסֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיּ֥וֹסֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·w·sep̄
                
                
                     on ahead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3254 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1a) (Qal) to add, increase, do again <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to join, join oneself to <BR> 1b2) to be joined, be added to <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to add, increase <BR> 1c2) to do more, do again 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·w·sep̄
         on ahead 
    
 
        
            וַֽיַּעֲמֹד֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּעֲמֹד֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·mōḏ
                
                
                     and stood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5975 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, remain, endure, take one's stand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stand, take one's stand, be in a standing attitude, stand forth, take a stand, present oneself, attend upon, be or become servant of <BR> 1a2) to stand still, stop (moving or doing), cease <BR> 1a3) to tarry, delay, remain, continue, abide, endure, persist, be steadfast <BR> 1a4) to make a stand, hold one's ground <BR> 1a5) to stand upright, remain standing, stand up, rise, be erect, be upright <BR> 1a6) to arise, appear, come on the scene, stand forth, appear, rise up or against <BR> 1a7) to stand with, take one's stand, be appointed, grow flat, grow insipid <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to cause to stand firm, maintain <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand up, cause to set up, erect <BR> 1b4) to present (one) before (king) <BR> 1b5) to appoint, ordain, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be presented, be caused to stand, be stood before 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·mōḏ
         and stood 
    
 
        
            צָ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צָ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣār
                
                
                     in a narrow 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6862 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) narrow, tight <BR> 2) straits, distress <BR> 3) adversary, foe, enemy, oppressor <BR> 4) hard pebble, flint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣār
         in a narrow 
    
 
        
            בְּמָק֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמָק֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·mā·qō·wm
                
                
                     place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·mā·qō·wm
         place 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     where 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         where 
    
 
        
            אֵֽין־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵֽין־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ên-
                
                
                     there was no 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        369 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nothing, not, nought n <BR> 1a) nothing, nought neg <BR> 1b) not <BR> 1c) to have not (of possession) adv <BR> 1d) without w/prep <BR> 1e) for lack of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ên-
         there was no 
    
 
        
            דֶּ֥רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֶּ֥רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    de·reḵ
                
                
                     room 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        de·reḵ
         room 
    
 
        
            לִנְט֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִנְט֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lin·ṭō·wṯ
                
                
                     to turn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lin·ṭō·wṯ
         to turn 
    
 
        
            יָמִ֥ין 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָמִ֥ין 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·mîn
                
                
                     to the right 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3225 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) right, right hand, right side <BR> 1a) right hand <BR> 1b) right (of direction) <BR> 1c) south (the direction of the right hand when facing East) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·mîn
         to the right 
    
 
        
            וּשְׂמֹֽאול׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׂמֹֽאול׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·śə·mō·wl
                
                
                     or left . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8040 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the left, the left hand, the left side <BR> 1a) left <BR> 1b) left hand <BR> 1c) north (as one faces east) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·śə·mō·wl
         or left . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When the donkey saw the angel of the LORD, she lay down under Balaam, and he became furious and beat her with his staff.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָֽאָתוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאָתוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     When the donkey 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         When the donkey 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַתֵּ֤רֶא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתֵּ֤רֶא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tê·re
                
                
                     saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tê·re
         saw 
    
 
        
            מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         the angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD , 
    
 
        
            וַתִּרְבַּ֖ץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתִּרְבַּ֖ץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tir·baṣ
                
                
                     she lay down 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7257 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch oneself out, lie down, lie stretched out <BR> 1a) (Qal) to lie down, lie <BR> 1b)(Hiphil) to cause to lie down <BR> 1b1) laying (stones) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tir·baṣ
         she lay down 
    
 
        
            תַּ֣חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּ֣חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     under 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·ḥaṯ
         under 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam , 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     and [he] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         and [he] 
    
 
        
            וַיִּֽחַר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּֽחַר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yi·ḥar-
                
                
                     became furious 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2734 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be hot, furious, burn, become angry, be kindled <BR> 1a) (Qal) to burn, kindle (anger) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be angry with, be incensed <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to burn, kindle <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to heat oneself in vexation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yi·ḥar-
         became furious 
    
 
        
            אַ֣ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַ֣ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ap̄
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nostril, nose, face <BR> 2) anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ap̄
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yaḵ
                
                
                     and beat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yaḵ
         and beat 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאָת֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָת֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     [her] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         [her] 
    
 
        
            בַּמַּקֵּֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמַּקֵּֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·maq·qêl
                
                
                     with his staff . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4731 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) rod, staff <BR> 1a) rod, stick <BR> 1b) staff (in travel) <BR> 1c) wand (of diviner) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·maq·qêl
         with his staff . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the LORD opened the donkey’s mouth, and she said to Balaam, “What have I done to you that you have beaten me these three times?”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיִּפְתַּ֥ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּפְתַּ֥ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yip̄·taḥ
                
                
                     opened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to open <BR> 1a) (Qal) to open <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be opened, be let loose, be thrown open <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to free <BR> 1c2) to loosen <BR> 1c3) to open, open oneself <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to loose oneself <BR> 2) to carve, engrave <BR> 2a) (Piel) to engrave <BR> 2b) (Pual) to be engraved 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yip̄·taḥ
         opened 
    
 
        
            הָאָת֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָת֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     the donkey’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         the donkey’s 
    
 
        
            פִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pî
                
                
                     mouth , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pî
         mouth , 
    
 
        
            וַתֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tō·mer
                
                
                     and she said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tō·mer
         and she said 
    
 
        
            לְבִלְעָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבִלְעָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇil·‘ām
                
                
                     to Balaam , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇil·‘ām
         to Balaam , 
    
 
        
            מֶה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֶה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    meh-
                
                
                     “ What 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        meh-
         “ What 
    
 
        
            עָשִׂ֣יתִֽי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָשִׂ֣יתִֽי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·śî·ṯî
                
                
                     have I done 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·śî·ṯî
         have I done 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֔ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֔ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     to you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         to you 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            הִכִּיתַ֔נִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִכִּיתַ֔נִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hik·kî·ṯa·nî
                
                
                     you have beaten me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - second person masculine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hik·kî·ṯa·nî
         you have beaten me 
    
 
        
            זֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zeh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zeh
         these 
    
 
        
            שָׁלֹ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלֹ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lōš
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lōš
         three 
    
 
        
            רְגָלִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְגָלִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḡā·lîm
                
                
                     times ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḡā·lîm
         times ? ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Balaam answered the donkey, “You have made a fool of me! If I had a sword in my hand, I would kill you right now!”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בִּלְעָם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     answered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         answered 
    
 
        
            לָֽאָת֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽאָת֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     the donkey , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         the donkey , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הִתְעַלַּ֖לְתְּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִתְעַלַּ֖לְתְּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hiṯ·‘al·lalt
                
                
                     “ You have made a fool 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hitpael - Perfect - second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5953 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to act severely, deal with severely, make a fool of someone <BR> 1a) (Poel) to act severely <BR> 1b) (Poal) to be severely dealt with <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to busy oneself, divert oneself, deal wantonly, deal ruthlessly, abuse (by thrusting through) <BR> 1d) (Hithpoel) to practise practices, thrust forth (in wickedness) <BR> 2) (Poel) to glean <BR> 3) (Poel) to act or play the child <BR> 4) (Poel) to insert, thrust, thrust in, thrust upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hiṯ·‘al·lalt
         “ You have made a fool 
    
 
        
            בִּ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bî
                
                
                     of me ! 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bî
         of me ! 
    
 
        
            ל֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ל֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lū
                
                
                     If 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3863 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if, oh that!, if only! <BR> 1a) if (unlikely condition) <BR> 1b) if only!, oh that!, would that! 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lū
         If 
    
 
        
            יֶשׁ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֶשׁ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yeš-
                
                
                     I had 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3426 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) being, existence, substance, there is or are <BR> 1a) substance <BR> 1b) existence <BR> 1c) there is or are 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yeš-
         I had 
    
 
        
            חֶ֙רֶב֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֶ֙רֶב֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥe·reḇ
                
                
                     a sword 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥe·reḇ
         a sword 
    
 
        
            בְּיָדִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָדִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏî
                
                
                     in my hand , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏî
         in my hand , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הֲרַגְתִּֽיךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲרַגְתִּֽיךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·raḡ·tîḵ
                
                
                     I would kill you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2026 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to kill, slay, murder, destroy, murderer, slayer, out of hand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kill, slay <BR> 1a2) to destroy, ruin <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be killed <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be killed, be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·raḡ·tîḵ
         I would kill you 
    
 
        
            עַתָּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַתָּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘at·tāh
                
                
                     right now ! ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘at·tāh
         right now ! ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But the donkey said to Balaam, “Am I not the donkey you have ridden all your life until today? Have I ever treated you this way before?” “No,” he replied.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָאָת֜וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָת֜וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     But the donkey 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         But the donkey 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַתֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     to Balaam , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         to Balaam , 
    
 
        
            אָנֹכִ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָנֹכִ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·nō·ḵî
                
                
                     “ Am I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        595 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·nō·ḵî
         “ Am I 
    
 
        
            הֲלוֹא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲלוֹא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·lō·w
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·lō·w
         not 
    
 
        
            אֲתֹֽנְךָ֜ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲתֹֽנְךָ֜ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ṯō·nə·ḵā
                
                
                     the donkey 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ṯō·nə·ḵā
         the donkey 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            רָכַ֣בְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָכַ֣בְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·ḵaḇ·tā
                
                
                     you have ridden 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7392 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to mount and ride, ride <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to mount, mount and sit or ride <BR> 1a2) to ride, be riding <BR> 1a3) rider (subst) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to ride, cause to (mount and) ride <BR> 1b2) to cause to draw (plough, etc) <BR> 1b3) to cause to ride upon (fig) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·ḵaḇ·tā
         you have ridden 
    
 
        
            עָלַ֗י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלַ֗י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lay
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lay
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מֵעֽוֹדְךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעֽוֹדְךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘ō·wḏ·ḵā
                
                
                     all your life 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Adverb | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5750 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) a going round, continuance <BR> adv <BR> 2) still, yet, again, besides <BR> 2a) still, yet (of continuance or persistence) <BR> 2b) still, yet, more (of addition or repetition) <BR> 2c) again <BR> 2d) still, moreover, besides 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘ō·wḏ·ḵā
         all your life 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     until today 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         until today 
    
 
        
            הַיּ֣וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיּ֣וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·wm
                
                
                     . . . ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·wm
         . . . ? 
    
 
        
            הַזֶּ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַזֶּ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haz·zeh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haz·zeh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    la·‘ă·śō·wṯ
                
                
                     Have I ever treated 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        la·‘ă·śō·wṯ
         Have I ever treated 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         you 
    
 
        
            כֹּ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֹּ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kōh
                
                
                     this way 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3541 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thus, here, in this manner <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) here, here and there<BR> 1c) until now, until now...until then, meanwhile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kōh
         this way 
    
 
        
            הַֽהַסְכֵּ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽהַסְכֵּ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·has·kên
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Infinitive absolute 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be of use or service or profit or benefit <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to be of use or service <BR> 1a2) servitor, steward (participle) <BR> 1a3) to benefit, profit <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to be used, be wont, exhibit use or habit, show harmony with, be familiar with, know intimately 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·has·kên
         before 
    
 
        
            הִסְכַּ֔נְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִסְכַּ֔נְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    his·kan·tî
                
                
                     . . . ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5532 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be of use or service or profit or benefit <BR> 1a) (Qal)<BR> 1a1) to be of use or service <BR> 1a2) servitor, steward (participle) <BR> 1a3) to benefit, profit <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to be used, be wont, exhibit use or habit, show harmony with, be familiar with, know intimately 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        his·kan·tî
         . . . ? ” 
    
 
        
            לֹֽא׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹֽא׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     “ No , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         “ No , ” 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֖אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֖אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     he replied . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         he replied . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the LORD opened Balaam’s eyes, and he saw the angel of the LORD standing in the road with a drawn sword in his hand. And Balaam bowed low and fell facedown.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָה֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיְגַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְגַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḡal
                
                
                     opened 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1540 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to uncover, remove <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to uncover <BR> 1a2) to remove, depart <BR> 1a3) to go into exile <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) (reflexive) <BR> 1b1a) to uncover oneself <BR> 1b1b) to discover or show oneself <BR> 1b1c) to reveal himself (of God) <BR> 1b2) (passive) <BR> 1b2a) to be uncovered <BR> 1b2b) to be disclosed, be discovered <BR> 1b2c) to be revealed <BR> 1b3) to be removed <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to uncover (nakedness) <BR> 1c1a) nakedness <BR> 1c1b) general <BR> 1c2) to disclose, discover, lay bare <BR> 1c3) to make known, show, reveal <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be uncovered <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to carry away into exile, take into exile <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be taken into exile <BR> 1g) (Hithpael) <BR> 1g1) to be uncovered <BR> 1g2) to reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḡal
         opened 
    
 
        
            בִלְעָם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִלְעָם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇil·‘ām
         Balaam’s 
    
 
        
            עֵינֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵינֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·nê
                
                
                     eyes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - cdc 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·nê
         eyes , 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֞רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֞רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     and he saw 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         and he saw 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מַלְאַ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         the angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            נִצָּ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִצָּ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niṣ·ṣāḇ
                
                
                     standing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, take one's stand, stand upright, be set (over), establish <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to station oneself, take one's stand <BR> 1a2) to stand, be stationed <BR> 1a3) to stand, take an upright position <BR> 1a4) to be stationed, be appointed <BR> 1a5) deputy, prefect, appointed, deputed (subst) <BR> 1a6) to stand firm <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to set up, erect <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand erect <BR> 1b4) to fix, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be fixed, be determined, be stationary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niṣ·ṣāḇ
         standing 
    
 
        
            בַּדֶּ֔רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּדֶּ֔רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bad·de·reḵ
                
                
                     in the road 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bad·de·reḵ
         in the road 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֻפָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֻפָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lu·p̄āh
                
                
                     with a drawn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - QalPassParticiple - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8025 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to draw out or off, take off <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to draw out <BR> 1a2) to draw off <BR> 1a3) to shoot up, draw out (of blade of grass on roof) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lu·p̄āh
         with a drawn 
    
 
        
            וְחַרְבּ֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְחַרְבּ֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḥar·bōw
                
                
                     sword 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2719 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sword, knife <BR> 1a) sword <BR> 1b) knife <BR> 1c) tools for cutting stone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḥar·bōw
         sword 
    
 
        
            בְּיָד֑וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיָד֑וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yā·ḏōw
                
                
                     in his hand . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yā·ḏōw
         in his hand . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּשְׁתַּ֖חוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiš·ta·ḥū
                
                
                     And Balaam bowed low 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hitpael - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7812 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bow down <BR> 1a) (Qal) to bow down <BR> 1b)(Hiphil) to depress (fig) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to bow down, prostrate oneself <BR> 1c1a) before superior in homage <BR> 1c1b) before God in worship <BR> 1c1c) before false gods <BR> 1c1d) before angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiš·ta·ḥū
         And Balaam bowed low 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקֹּ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקֹּ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·qōḏ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6915 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to bow down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·qōḏ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְאַפָּֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַפָּֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ap·pāw
                
                
                     and fell facedown . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine dual construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        639 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nostril, nose, face <BR> 2) anger 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ap·pāw
         and fell facedown . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The angel of the LORD asked him, “Why have you beaten your donkey these three times? Behold, I have come out to oppose you, because your way is perverse before me.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְנֶגְדִּֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְנֶגְדִּֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·neḡ·dî
                
                
                     before me . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5048 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) what is conspicuous, what is in front of <BR> adv <BR> 2) in front of, straight forward, before, in sight of <BR> 3) in front of oneself, straightforward <BR> 4) before your face, in your view or purpose <BR> with prep <BR> 5) what is in front of, corresponding to <BR> 6) in front of, before <BR> 7) in the sight or presence of <BR> 8) parallel to <BR> 9) over, for <BR> 10) in front, opposite <BR> 11) at a distance <BR> prep <BR> 12) from the front of, away from <BR> 13) from before the eyes of, opposite to, at a distance from <BR> 14) from before, in front of <BR> 15) as far as the front of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·neḡ·dî
         before me . 
    
 
        
            מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     The angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         The angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     asked him , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         asked him , 
    
 
        
            אֵלָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     “ Why 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         “ Why 
    
 
        
            מָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    māh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        māh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הִכִּ֙יתָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִכִּ֙יתָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hik·kî·ṯā
                
                
                     have you beaten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5221 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to strike, smite, hit, beat, slay, kill<BR> 1a)(Niphal) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be stricken or smitten <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to smite, strike, beat, scourge, clap, applaud, give a thrust <BR> 1c2) to smite, kill, slay (man or beast) <BR> 1c3) to smite, attack, attack and destroy, conquer, subjugate, ravage <BR> 1c4) to smite, chastise, send judgment upon, punish, destroy <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be smitten <BR> 1d1) to receive a blow <BR> 1d2) to be wounded <BR> 1d3) to be beaten <BR> 1d4) to be (fatally) smitten, be killed, be slain <BR> 1d5) to be attacked and captured <BR> 1d6) to be smitten (with disease) <BR> 1d7) to be blighted (of plants) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hik·kî·ṯā
         have you beaten 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲתֹ֣נְךָ֔ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲתֹ֣נְךָ֔ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ṯō·nə·ḵā
                
                
                     your donkey 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ṯō·nə·ḵā
         your donkey 
    
 
        
            זֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zeh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zeh
         these 
    
 
        
            שָׁל֣וֹשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁל֣וֹשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lō·wōš
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lō·wōš
         three 
    
 
        
            רְגָלִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְגָלִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḡā·lîm
                
                
                     times ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḡā·lîm
         times ? 
    
 
        
            הִנֵּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִנֵּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh
                
                
                     Behold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh
         Behold , 
    
 
        
            אָנֹכִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָנֹכִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·nō·ḵî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        595 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·nō·ḵî
         I 
    
 
        
            יָצָ֣אתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָצָ֣אתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ṣā·ṯî
                
                
                     have come out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ṣā·ṯî
         have come out 
    
 
        
            לְשָׂטָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשָׂטָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·śā·ṭān
                
                
                     to oppose you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) adversary, one who withstands <BR> 1a) adversary (in general-personal or national) <BR> 2) superhuman adversary <BR> 2a) Satan (as noun pr) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·śā·ṭān
         to oppose you , 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     because 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         because 
    
 
        
            הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·de·reḵ
                
                
                     your way 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·de·reḵ
         your way 
    
 
        
            יָרַ֥ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָרַ֥ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·raṭ
                
                
                     is perverse 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3399 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to precipitate, be precipitate, push headlong, drive recklessly <BR> 1a) (Qal) to precipitate, wring out, be precipitate 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·raṭ
         is perverse 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The donkey saw me and turned away from me these three times. If she had not turned away, then by now I would surely have killed you and let her live.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הָֽאָת֔וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאָת֔וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
                
                
                     The donkey 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        860 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) she-ass, she-donkey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·ṯō·wn
         The donkey 
    
 
        
            וַתִּרְאַ֙נִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתִּרְאַ֙נִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·tir·’a·nî
                
                
                     saw me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·tir·’a·nî
         saw me 
    
 
        
            וַתֵּ֣ט 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַתֵּ֣ט 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wat·têṭ
                
                
                     and turned away 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wat·têṭ
         and turned away 
    
 
        
            לְפָנַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְפָנַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·p̄ā·nay
                
                
                     from me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·p̄ā·nay
         from me 
    
 
        
            זֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zeh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zeh
         these 
    
 
        
            שָׁלֹ֣שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלֹ֣שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lōš
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lōš
         three 
    
 
        
            רְגָלִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְגָלִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·ḡā·lîm
                
                
                     times . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·ḡā·lîm
         times . 
    
 
        
            אוּלַי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוּלַי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ū·lay
                
                
                     If she had not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        194 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) perhaps, peradventure <BR> 2) if peradventure <BR> 3) unless <BR> 4) suppose 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ū·lay
         If she had not 
    
 
        
            נָטְתָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָטְתָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā·ṭə·ṯāh
                
                
                     turned away 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5186 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stretch out, extend, spread out, pitch, turn, pervert, incline, bend, bow <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to stretch out, extend, stretch, offer <BR> 1a2) to spread out, pitch (tent) <BR> 1a3) to bend, turn, incline <BR> 1a3a) to turn aside, incline, decline, bend down <BR> 1a3b) to bend, bow <BR> 1a3c) to hold out, extend (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be stretched out <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to stretch out <BR> 1c2) to spread out <BR> 1c3) to turn, incline, influence, bend down, hold out, extend, thrust aside, thrust away 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā·ṭə·ṯāh
         turned away 
    
 
        
            מִפָּנַ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפָּנַ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pā·nay
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pā·nay
         - , 
    
 
        
            עַתָּ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַתָּ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘at·tāh
                
                
                     then by now 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘at·tāh
         then by now 
    
 
        
            גַּם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gam-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1571 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) also, even, indeed, moreover, yea <BR> 1a) also, moreover (giving emphasis) <BR> 1b) neither, neither...nor (with negative) <BR> 1c) even (for stress) <BR> 1d) indeed, yea (introducing climax) <BR> 1e) also (of correspondence or retribution) <BR> 1f) but, yet, though (adversative) <BR> 1g) even, yea, yea though (with 'when' in hypothetical case) <BR> 2) (TWOT) again, alike 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gam-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הָרַ֖גְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָרַ֖גְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·raḡ·tî
                
                
                     I would surely have killed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2026 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to kill, slay, murder, destroy, murderer, slayer, out of hand <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to kill, slay <BR> 1a2) to destroy, ruin <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be killed <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be killed, be slain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·raḡ·tî
         I would surely have killed 
    
 
        
            אֹתְכָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתְכָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯə·ḵāh
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯə·ḵāh
         you 
    
 
        
            וְאוֹתָ֥הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאוֹתָ֥הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ō·w·ṯāh
                
                
                     and {let} her 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ō·w·ṯāh
         and {let} her 
    
 
        
            הֶחֱיֵֽיתִי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶחֱיֵֽיתִי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·ḥĕ·yê·ṯî
                
                
                     live . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to live, have life, remain alive, sustain life, live prosperously, live for ever, be quickened, be alive, be restored to life or health <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to live <BR> 1a1a) to have life <BR> 1a1b) to continue in life, remain alive <BR> 1a1c) to sustain life, to live on or upon <BR> 1a1d) to live (prosperously) <BR> 1a2) to revive, be quickened <BR> 1a2a) from sickness <BR> 1a2b) from discouragement <BR> 1a2c) from faintness <BR> 1a2d) from death <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1b2) to give life <BR> 1b3) to quicken, revive, refresh <BR> 1b3a) to restore to life <BR> 1b3b) to cause to grow <BR> 1b3c) to restore <BR> 1b3d) to revive <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to preserve alive, let live <BR> 1c2) to quicken, revive <BR> 1c2a) to restore (to health) <BR> 1c2b) to revive <BR> 1c2c) to restore to life 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·ḥĕ·yê·ṯî
         live . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “I have sinned,” Balaam said to the angel of the LORD, “for I did not realize that you were standing in the road to confront me. And now, if this is displeasing in your sight, I will go back home.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            חָטָ֔אתִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָטָ֔אתִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·ṭā·ṯî
                
                
                     “ I have sinned , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2398 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to sin, miss, miss the way, go wrong, incur guilt, forfeit, purify from uncleanness <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to miss <BR> 1a2) to sin, miss the goal or path of right and duty <BR> 1a3) to incur guilt, incur penalty by sin, forfeit <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to bear loss <BR> 1b2) to make a sin-offering <BR> 1b3) to purify from sin <BR> 1b4) to purify from uncleanness <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to miss the mark <BR> 1c2) to induce to sin, cause to sin <BR> 1c3) to bring into guilt or condemnation or punishment <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to miss oneself, lose oneself, wander from the way <BR> 1d2) to purify oneself from uncleanness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·ṭā·ṯî
         “ I have sinned , ” 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מַלְאַ֤ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֤ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         the angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֚י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֚י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     “ for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         “ for 
    
 
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     I did not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         I did not 
    
 
        
            יָדַ֔עְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדַ֔עְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏa‘·tî
                
                
                     realize 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏa‘·tî
         realize 
    
 
        
            כִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            אַתָּ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתָּ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tāh
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tāh
         you 
    
 
        
            נִצָּ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נִצָּ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    niṣ·ṣāḇ
                
                
                     were standing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5324 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to stand, take one's stand, stand upright, be set (over), establish <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to station oneself, take one's stand <BR> 1a2) to stand, be stationed <BR> 1a3) to stand, take an upright position <BR> 1a4) to be stationed, be appointed <BR> 1a5) deputy, prefect, appointed, deputed (subst) <BR> 1a6) to stand firm <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to station, set <BR> 1b2) to set up, erect <BR> 1b3) to cause to stand erect <BR> 1b4) to fix, establish <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be fixed, be determined, be stationary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        niṣ·ṣāḇ
         were standing 
    
 
        
            בַּדָּ֑רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּדָּ֑רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bad·dā·reḵ
                
                
                     in the road 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bad·dā·reḵ
         in the road 
    
 
        
            לִקְרָאתִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִקְרָאתִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liq·rā·ṯî
                
                
                     to confront me . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to encounter, befall, meet<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to meet, encounter <BR> 1a2) to befall (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to meet, meet unexpectedly <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to meet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liq·rā·ṯî
         to confront me . 
    
 
        
            וְעַתָּ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַתָּ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘at·tāh
                
                
                     And now , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘at·tāh
         And now , 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     if 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         if 
    
 
        
            רַ֥ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַ֥ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ra‘
                
                
                     this is displeasing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7489 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be bad, be evil <BR> 1a)(Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be displeasing <BR> 1a2) to be sad <BR> 1a3) to be injurious, be evil <BR> 1a4) to be wicked, be evil (ethically) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to do an injury or hurt <BR> 1b2) to do evil or wickedly <BR> 1b3) mischief (participle) <BR> 2) to break, shatter <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to break <BR> 2a2) broken (participle) <BR> 2a3) to be broken <BR> 2b) (Hithpolel) to be broken, be broken in pieces, be broken asunder 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ra‘
         this is displeasing 
    
 
        
            בְּעֵינֶ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֵינֶ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘ê·ne·ḵā
                
                
                     in your sight , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - cdc | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘ê·ne·ḵā
         in your sight , 
    
 
        
            אָשׁ֥וּבָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָשׁ֥וּבָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·šū·ḇāh
                
                
                     I will go back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect Cohortative - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·šū·ḇāh
         I will go back 
    
 
        
            לִּֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִּֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     [home] . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         [home] . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But the angel of the LORD said to Balaam, “Go with the men, but you are to speak only what I tell you.” So Balaam went with the princes of Balak.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מַלְאַ֨ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַלְאַ֨ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mal·’aḵ
                
                
                     But the angel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4397 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) messenger, representative <BR> 1a) messenger <BR> 1b) angel <BR> 1c) the theophanic angel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mal·’aḵ
         But the angel 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּאמֶר֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּאמֶר֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam , 
    
 
        
            לֵ֚ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵ֚ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lêḵ
                
                
                     “ Go 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lêḵ
         “ Go 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            הָ֣אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֣אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ă·nā·šîm
                
                
                     the men , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        582 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man, mortal man, person, mankind <BR> 1a) of an individual <BR> 1b) men (collective) <BR> 1c) man, mankind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ă·nā·šîm
         the men , 
    
 
        
            אֲדַבֵּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדַבֵּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     but you are to speak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏab·bêr
         but you are to speak 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֹת֣וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֣וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - 
    
 
        
            וְאֶ֗פֶס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶ֗פֶס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’e·p̄es
                
                
                     only 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        657 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ceasing, end, finality 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’e·p̄es
         only 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַדָּבָ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּבָ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇār
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇār
         - 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     what 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         what 
    
 
        
            תְדַבֵּ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְדַבֵּ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯə·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     I tell you . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯə·ḏab·bêr
         I tell you . ” 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     So Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         So Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·leḵ
                
                
                     went 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·leḵ
         went 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     with 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         with 
    
 
        
            שָׂרֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׂרֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śā·rê
                
                
                     the princes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prince, ruler, leader, chief, chieftain, official, captain <BR> 1a) chieftain, leader <BR> 1b) vassal, noble, official (under king) <BR> 1c) captain, general, commander (military) <BR> 1d) chief, head, overseer (of other official classes) <BR> 1e) heads, princes (of religious office) <BR> 1f) elders (of representative leaders of people) <BR> 1g) merchant-princes (of rank and dignity) <BR> 1h) patron-angel <BR> 1i) Ruler of rulers (of God) <BR> 1j) warden 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śā·rê
         the princes 
    
 
        
            בָלָֽק׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָלָֽק׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·lāq
                
                
                     of Balak . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·lāq
         of Balak . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When Balak heard that Balaam was coming, he went out to meet him at the Moabite city on the Arnon border, at the edge of his territory.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בָּלָ֖ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֖ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     When Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         When Balak 
    
 
        
            וַיִּשְׁמַ֥ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּשְׁמַ֥ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiš·ma‘
                
                
                     heard 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8085 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        v <BR> 1) to hear, listen to, obey <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to hear (perceive by ear) <BR> 1a2) to hear of or concerning <BR> 1a3) to hear (have power to hear) <BR> 1a4) to hear with attention or interest, listen to <BR> 1a5) to understand (language) <BR> 1a6) to hear (of judicial cases) <BR> 1a7) to listen, give heed <BR> 1a7a) to consent, agree <BR> 1a7b) to grant request <BR> 1a8) to listen to, yield to <BR> 1a9) to obey, be obedient <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be heard (of voice or sound) <BR> 1b2) to be heard of <BR> 1b3) to be regarded, be obeyed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to hear, call to hear, summon <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to hear, tell, proclaim, utter a sound <BR> 1d2) to sound aloud (musical term) <BR> 1d3) to make proclamation, summon <BR> 1d4) to cause to be heard <BR> n m <BR> 2) sound 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiš·ma‘
         heard 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         that 
    
 
        
            בִלְעָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִלְעָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            בָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā
                
                
                     was coming , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā
         was coming , 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּצֵ֨א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּצֵ֨א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·ṣê
                
                
                     he went out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·ṣê
         he went out 
    
 
        
            לִקְרָאת֜וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִקְרָאת֜וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liq·rā·ṯōw
                
                
                     to meet him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7122 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to encounter, befall, meet<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to meet, encounter <BR> 1a2) to befall (fig) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to meet, meet unexpectedly <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to meet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liq·rā·ṯōw
         to meet him 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         at 
    
 
        
            מוֹאָ֗ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹאָ֗ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·’āḇ
                
                
                     the Moabite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4124 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moab = |of his father| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) a son of Lot by his eldest daughter <BR> 2) the nation descended from the son of Lot <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land inhabited by the descendants of the son of Lot 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·’āḇ
         the Moabite 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            עִ֣יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִ֣יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘îr
                
                
                     city 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5892 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) excitement, anguish <BR> 1a) of terror <BR> 2) city, town (a place of waking, guarded) <BR> 2a) city, town 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘îr
         city 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            אַרְנֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְנֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·nōn
                
                
                     the Arnon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Arnon = |rushing stream|<BR> 1) a river and surrounding valley in south Palestine, forms the border between Moab and the Amorites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·nōn
         the Arnon 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            גְּב֣וּל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּב֣וּל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     border , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇūl
         border , 
    
 
        
            בִּקְצֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּקְצֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    biq·ṣêh
                
                
                     at the edge 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7097 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end, mouth, extremity <BR> 1b) border, outskirts <BR> 1c) the whole (condensed term for what is included within extremities) <BR> 1d) at the end of (a certain time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        biq·ṣêh
         at the edge 
    
 
        
            הַגְּבֽוּל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַגְּבֽוּל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hag·gə·ḇūl
                
                
                     of his territory . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1366 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, territory <BR> 1a) border <BR> 1b) territory (enclosed within boundary) <BR> 1c) region, territory (of darkness) (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hag·gə·ḇūl
         of his territory . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And he said to Balaam, “Did I not send you an urgent summons? Why did you not come to me? Am I really not able to reward you richly?”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בָּלָ֜ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֜ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     And [he] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         And [he] 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam , 
    
 
        
            הֲלֹא֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲלֹא֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·lō
                
                
                     “ Did I not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·lō
         “ Did I not 
    
 
        
            שָׁלֹ֨חַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלֹ֨חַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·lō·aḥ
                
                
                     send you an urgent summons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive absolute 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·lō·aḥ
         send you an urgent summons 
    
 
        
            שָׁלַ֤חְתִּי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁלַ֤חְתִּי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·laḥ·tî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·laḥ·tî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לִקְרֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִקְרֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    liq·rō-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to call, call out, recite, read, cry out, proclaim <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to call, cry, utter a loud sound <BR> 1a2) to call unto, cry (for help), call (with name of God) <BR> 1a3) to proclaim <BR> 1a4) to read aloud, read (to oneself), read <BR> 1a5) to summon, invite, call for, call and commission, appoint, call and endow <BR> 1a6) to call, name, give name to, call by <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to call oneself <BR> 1b2) to be called, be proclaimed, be read aloud, be summoned, be named <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be called, be named, be called out, be chosen 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        liq·rō-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     . . . ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         . . . ? 
    
 
        
            לָ֥מָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֥מָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lām·māh
                
                
                     Why 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interrogative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4100 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        interr pron<BR> 1) what, how, of what kind <BR> 1a) (interrogative) <BR> 1a1) what? <BR> 1a2) of what kind <BR> 1a3) what? (rhetorical) <BR> 1a4) whatsoever, whatever, what <BR> 1b) (adverb) <BR> 1b1) how, how now <BR> 1b2) why <BR> 1b3) how! (exclamation) <BR> 1c) (with prep) <BR> 1c1) wherein?, whereby?, wherewith?, by what means? <BR> 1c2) because of what? <BR> 1c3) the like of what? <BR> 1c3a) how much?, how many?, how often? <BR> 1c3b) for how long? <BR> 1c4) for what reason?, why?, to what purpose? <BR> 1c5) until when?, how long?, upon what?, wherefore? <BR> indef pron <BR> 2) anything, aught, what may 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lām·māh
         Why 
    
 
        
            לֹא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            הָלַ֖כְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָלַ֖כְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·laḵ·tā
                
                
                     did you not come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·laḵ·tā
         did you not come 
    
 
        
            אֵלָ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāy
                
                
                     to me ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāy
         to me ? 
    
 
        
            הַֽאֻמְנָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽאֻמְנָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·’um·nām
                
                
                     Am I really 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        552 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) verily, truly, indeed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·’um·nām
         Am I really 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         not 
    
 
        
            אוּכַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוּכַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ū·ḵal
                
                
                     able 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ū·ḵal
         able 
    
 
        
            כַּבְּדֶֽךָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּבְּדֶֽךָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kab·bə·ḏe·ḵā
                
                
                     to richly reward you ? ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3513 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be heavy, be weighty, be grievous, be hard, be rich, be honourable, be glorious, be burdensome, be honoured <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be heavy <BR> 1a2) to be heavy, be insensible, be dull <BR> 1a3) to be honoured <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made heavy, be honoured, enjoy honour, be made abundant <BR> 1b2) to get oneself glory or honour, gain glory <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to make heavy, make dull, make insensible <BR> 1c2) to make honourable, honour, glorify <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be made honourable, be honoured <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to make heavy <BR> 1e2) to make heavy, make dull, make unresponsive <BR> 1e3) to cause to be honoured <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) <BR> 1f1) to make oneself heavy, make oneself dense, make oneself numerous <BR> 1f2) to honour oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kab·bə·ḏe·ḵā
         to richly reward you ? ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “See, I have come to you,” Balaam replied, “but can I say just anything? I must speak only the word that God puts in my mouth.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הִֽנֵּה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הִֽנֵּה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hin·nêh-
                
                
                     “ See , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2009 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) behold, lo, see, if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hin·nêh-
         “ See , 
    
 
        
            בָ֙אתִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֙אתִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇā·ṯî
                
                
                     I have come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇā·ṯî
         I have come 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֔יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֔יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     to you , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         to you , ” 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֜ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֜ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֨אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     replied 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         replied 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         - 
    
 
        
            בָּלָ֗ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֗ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         - , 
    
 
        
            עַתָּ֕ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַתָּ֕ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘at·tāh
                
                
                     “ - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) now <BR> 1a) now <BR> 1b) in phrases 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘at·tāh
         “ - 
    
 
        
            הֲיָכ֥וֹל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֲיָכ֥וֹל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hă·yā·ḵō·wl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive absolute 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hă·yā·ḵō·wl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אוּכַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוּכַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ū·ḵal
                
                
                     but can 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3201 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to prevail, overcome, endure, have power, be able <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be able, be able to gain or accomplish, be able to endure, be able to reach <BR> 1a2) to prevail, prevail over or against, overcome, be victor <BR> 1a3) to have ability, have strength 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ū·ḵal
         but can 
    
 
        
            דַּבֵּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּבֵּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dab·bêr
                
                
                     I say 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dab·bêr
         I say 
    
 
        
            מְא֑וּמָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְא֑וּמָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ū·māh
                
                
                     just anything ? 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3972 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) anything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ū·māh
         just anything ? 
    
 
        
            אֲדַבֵּֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲדַבֵּֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     I must speak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḏab·bêr
         I must speak 
    
 
        
            הַדָּבָ֗ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַדָּבָ֗ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    had·dā·ḇār
                
                
                     only the word 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1697 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) speech, word, speaking, thing <BR> 1a) speech <BR> 1b) saying, utterance <BR> 1c) word, words <BR> 1d) business, occupation, acts, matter, case, something, manner (by extension) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        had·dā·ḇār
         only the word 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hîm
                
                
                     God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hîm
         God 
    
 
        
            יָשִׂ֧ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָשִׂ֧ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·śîm
                
                
                     puts 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7760 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to put, place, set, appoint, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to put, set, lay, put or lay upon, lay (violent) hands on <BR> 1a2) to set, direct, direct toward <BR> 1a2a) to extend (compassion) (fig) <BR> 1a3) to set, ordain, establish, found, appoint, constitute, make, determine, fix <BR> 1a4) to set, station, put, set in place, plant, fix <BR> 1a5) to make, make for, transform into, constitute, fashion, work, bring to pass, appoint, give <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to set or make for a sign <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be set 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·śîm
         puts 
    
 
        
            בְּפִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּפִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·p̄î
                
                
                     in my mouth . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·p̄î
         in my mouth . ” 
    
 
        
            אֹת֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So Balaam accompanied Balak, and they came to Kiriath-huzoth.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בִּלְעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     So Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         So Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yê·leḵ
                
                
                     accompanied 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yê·leḵ
         accompanied 
    
 
        
            עִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בָּלָ֑ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֑ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     Balak , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         Balak , 
    
 
        
            וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיָּבֹ֖אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     and they came 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yā·ḇō·’ū
         and they came 
    
 
        
            קִרְיַ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קִרְיַ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qir·yaṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7155 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kirjath-huzoth = |city of streets|<BR> 1) a city in Moab 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qir·yaṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            חֻצֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֻצֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥu·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     to Kiriath-huzoth . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7155 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kirjath-huzoth = |city of streets|<BR> 1) a city in Moab 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥu·ṣō·wṯ
         to Kiriath-huzoth . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Balak sacrificed cattle and sheep, and he gave portions to Balaam and the princes who were with him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בָּלָ֖ק 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָ֖ק 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         Balak 
    
 
        
            וַיִּזְבַּ֥ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּזְבַּ֥ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiz·baḥ
                
                
                     sacrificed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2076 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to slaughter, kill, sacrifice, slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to slaughter for sacrifice <BR> 1a2) to slaughter for eating <BR> 1a3) to slaughter in divine judgment <BR> 1b) (Piel) to sacrifice, offer sacrifice 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiz·baḥ
         sacrificed 
    
 
        
            בָּקָ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּקָ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·qār
                
                
                     cattle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1241 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cattle, herd, oxen, ox <BR> 1a) cattle (generic pl. but sing. in form-coll) <BR> 1b) herd (particular one) <BR> 1c) head of cattle (individually) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·qār
         cattle 
    
 
        
            וָצֹ֑אן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָצֹ֑אן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ṣōn
                
                
                     and sheep , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6629 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) small cattle, sheep, sheep and goats, flock, flocks <BR> 1a) small cattle (usually of sheep and goats) <BR> 1b) of multitude (simile) <BR> 1c) of multitude (metaphor) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ṣōn
         and sheep , 
    
 
        
            וַיְשַׁלַּ֣ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְשַׁלַּ֣ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·šal·laḥ
                
                
                     and he gave [portions] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to send, send away, let go, stretch out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to send <BR> 1a2) to stretch out, extend, direct <BR> 1a3) to send away <BR> 1a4) to let loose <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be sent <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to send off or away or out or forth, dismiss, give over, cast out <BR> 1c2) to let go, set free <BR> 1c3) to shoot forth (of branches) <BR> 1c4) to let down <BR> 1c5) to shoot <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be sent off, be put away, be divorced, be impelled <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) to send 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·šal·laḥ
         and he gave [portions] 
    
 
        
            לְבִלְעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבִלְעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇil·‘ām
                
                
                     to Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇil·‘ām
         to Balaam 
    
 
        
            וְלַשָּׂרִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַשָּׂרִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·laś·śā·rîm
                
                
                     and the princes 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8269 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) prince, ruler, leader, chief, chieftain, official, captain <BR> 1a) chieftain, leader <BR> 1b) vassal, noble, official (under king) <BR> 1c) captain, general, commander (military) <BR> 1d) chief, head, overseer (of other official classes) <BR> 1e) heads, princes (of religious office) <BR> 1f) elders (of representative leaders of people) <BR> 1g) merchant-princes (of rank and dignity) <BR> 1h) patron-angel <BR> 1i) Ruler of rulers (of God) <BR> 1j) warden 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·laś·śā·rîm
         and the princes 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     who 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         who 
    
 
        
            אִתּֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתּֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tōw
                
                
                     were with him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tōw
         were with him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The next morning, Balak took Balaam and brought him up to Bamoth-baal. From there he could see the outskirts of the camp of the people.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         vvv 
    
 
        
            בַבֹּ֔קֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַבֹּ֔קֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇab·bō·qer
                
                
                     The next morning , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) morning, break of day <BR> 1a) morning <BR> 1a1) of end of night <BR> 1a2) of coming of daylight <BR> 1a3) of coming of sunrise <BR> 1a4) of beginning of day <BR> 1a5) of bright joy after night of distress (fig.) <BR> 1b) morrow, next day, next morning 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇab·bō·qer
         The next morning , 
    
 
        
            בָּלָק֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּלָק֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·lāq
                
                
                     Balak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1111 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balak = |devastator|<BR> 1) a king of Moab who hired Balaam to curse Israel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·lāq
         Balak 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיִּקַּ֤ח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּקַּ֤ח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiq·qaḥ
                
                
                     took 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiq·qaḥ
         took 
    
 
        
            בִּלְעָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּלְעָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bil·‘ām
                
                
                     Balaam 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1109 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Balaam = |not of the people| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the son of Beor, a man endowed with the gift of prophecy <BR> n pr loc <BR> 2) a town in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bil·‘ām
         Balaam 
    
 
        
            וַֽיַּעֲלֵ֖הוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַֽיַּעֲלֵ֖הוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ya·‘ă·lê·hū
                
                
                     and brought him 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ya·‘ă·lê·hū
         and brought him 
    
 
        
            בָּמ֣וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּמ֣וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·mō·wṯ
                
                
                     up to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1120 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Bamoth = |high places| or |great high place|<BR> 1) a town on the river Arnon in Moab 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·mō·wṯ
         up to 
    
 
        
            בָּ֑עַל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּ֑עַל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·‘al
                
                
                     Bamoth-baal . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Baal = |lord| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) supreme male divinity of the Phoenicians or Canaanites <BR> 2) a Reubenite <BR> 3) the son of Jehiel and grandfather of Saul <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) a town of Simeon, probably identical to Baalath-beer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·‘al
         Bamoth-baal . 
    
 
        
            מִשָּׁ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשָּׁ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·šām
                
                
                     From there 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·šām
         From there 
    
 
        
            וַיַּ֥רְא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיַּ֥רְא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yar
                
                
                     he could see 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yar
         he could see 
    
 
        
            קְצֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣêh
                
                
                     the outskirts of the camp 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7097 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end, mouth, extremity <BR> 1b) border, outskirts <BR> 1c) the whole (condensed term for what is included within extremities) <BR> 1d) at the end of (a certain time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣêh
         the outskirts of the camp 
    
 
        
            הָעָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ām
                
                
                     of the people . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5971 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) nation, people <BR> 1a) people, nation <BR> 1b) persons, members of one's people, compatriots, country-men <BR> 2) kinsman, kindred 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ām
         of the people .